V O Y A G E S

OF THE

N O R T H M E N T O A ME R I CA .

INCLUDING EXTR ACTS F RO!

ICELANDIC SAGAS RELATING TO WESTERN VOYAGES BY NO RTH MEN IN THE TENTH AND ELEVENTH CENTURIES IN AN ENGLISH TRANSLATI ON BY NORTH LUDLOW BEAMISH WITH A SYNOPSIS OF THE HISTORICAL EVIDENCE AND TH E OPINION OF PROFESSOR RAFN AS TO THE PLACES VISITED BY TH E SCANDINAVIA NS ON THE M R COAST OF A E ICA .

EDITED WITH A N

I N T R O D U C T I O N

BY THE EV DMU D F L R . E N S A TE . F R, A. M.

B o sto n

PR I NTE D F OR TH E P R I NCE SOCI ETY .

1 877 . Enm d m din to Ac t d n in s g Co m the ya n n . by

' I n th fi r e O c e o fthe h b afim o fCo nm a t hinc to o .

Evita:

-‘ A M. Tux R EV MU F . L I TER . ED ND S A . P R E F A C E .

HE hifto ric a l inte reft whic h a tta c hesto the vo ya geso fthe Northmen to A m e ric a in the tenth and eleventh centuries has led the Coun cil o fthe Prince Society to believe that the a t o fthefe fet f char c er voyages, as orth and ia a s delineated in the original Icelandic g , or ancient Scan ina via n m a nu fc ri tsfho u ld r a c c effible d p , be rende ed to the f E n lifh tra nfla tio n mem bers o the Society in an g . The verfio n o f Bea m ifh finc e o f excellent Mr. , long out print , u f fo r u r o f T o has been e d this p p e . this has been added ' ’ Pro fefio r Ra fn sfynOpfiso fthe hifio ric al evidence conta ined fa as f in the g , and his attempt to identi y the places on our r c o afl: vifited by the No thmen . The introduction contains an account o fthe firft publica tion o fthe fa ga sby the Royal Society o fNorthern Anti ua ries o f o f q , and the views the editor as to the credibility heie m a nu fc ri ts hifto ric al t p as documents . Asthe text o fthis volume conta ins all that may be con fidered as tru ftwo rthy evidence relating to the vifitso fthe N r it orthmen to this count y, it is confidently hoped that ’ will prove to be no t the lea fl: valuable o fthe Society s n publicatio s.

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S .

PAGE MAP OF V INLAND PREFACE I NTRODUCTION GEN ERAL MAP OF NORTHERN EUROPE AND AMERICA TH E SAGA OF ERI K TH E R ED ExTRACTsFROM TH E H EI MSKRI NGLA O F SNORRO STUR LESON THE SAGA Ol ' THOR FINN KA R LSEF N E GEOGRAPHICAL NOTICES MINOR NARRATIV ES ’ PROFESSOR RAF N S SYNOPSIS OF H ISTOR ICAL EV IDENCE N o I OPINION OF PROFESSO R RAF AS T DENTITY OF PLACES . D L THE A NT N THM BY MAGNUSEN IA OF NCIE OR EN, PROFESSOR NAMES GIV EN TO THE PARTS OF THE DAY BY TH E NORTHMEN BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OFFICERS OF THE PRINCE SOC IETY THE PRINCE SOCIETY PUBLICATI ONS OF THE PRINCE SOCIETY I NDEx

I NT R O D U C T I O N .

BO UT f f orty years ago , the attention o hif to ric a l fc ho la rson both fideso fthe Atlantic was direéted to the voyages alleged to have

been made by the Icelanders , or Scandinavians, o f to the continent America , in the tenth and h . t efe eleventh centuries Anterior to this, voyages had ftu died few hifto ric a l been known and by a writers, and e neve rthelefs allud d to by others ; but, , up to that time C t hifto r their harac er and y were , to the general reader, m r o f involved in yfte y. The Royal Society Northern C r invefti a tio n Antiquaries , at openhagen , ente ed upon the g o f fu b e ét e nthu fia fm c o m rehe nfive the j with , energy, and p v Their fc he m e iews . involved a much wider field than the n vifitso fthe Northmen to America . It comprehe ded a thorough inveftiga tio n Ofthe whole fu bje ét o fScandinavian r ro o fe d li hifto y and literature . The Socie ty p p to p ub fh from time to time fu c h Old Northern m a nu fc riptsas might u fefu l o fhifto r be in the elucidation y, antiquities , and lan ’ feé cio ns t guage . The field was divided into ; and ac ive worke rs I ntrodu é?ion.

r feleéted r fr to worke s were appointed to each , with e e ence fec ia l ta fte f o fthefe their p sand learning . The ruits labors were prolific ; and in the pro grefso fa few years more

' f iflued b e fides than orty volumes were , gazettes and annual w f r reports, dealing ith early Scandinavian li e , manne s , and c u fto m s f ha f es. , in their multi orm conditions and p 1 8 Pro fe ffo r C Chriftia n a f had In 37 , harles R n , who been o f feétio n placed at the head the on the voyages to America, u blifhed a u fic e so f r p , under the p the Society, an elabo ate “ ” a l A nti u ita tesA m e ric a nae report, in volume entit ed q , an o f 2 6 em bellifhed imperial quarto 5 pages , richly with

illu ftra tio ns c o m rifin fa C -fim iles f numerous and maps, p g o m o ft a the import nt parchment codices, which had been b a fiso f u taken as the the work . In this vol me, the treat m o f fub eét fc ho la rl ent the whole j is thorough and y.

' While it is never fafe to a flu m e that the treatm ent o fany hifto ric al u eftio n a bfo lu tel exha u ftive q is y complete and , we apprehend that little or nothing more will ever be added to our knowledge o fthe voyages made to this country by the No rthm e n in the tenth century .

' The evidence relied upon by Pro fe flo r Rafn is derived iz f f f v . rom two ources ; , rom ancient writings, known as fa a s f hifto ric a l Icelandic g , and rom monuments and remains illu ftra ting and confirming the narratives contained in the fa ga s. The hifto ric a l monuments were o fc o u rfe to be fought in a c o rrefo nde nc e Americ . A p was accordingly opened with the Hifto ric a l Society o fRhode Ifla nd ; and a ve ry careful fea rc h was made fo r fu c h remains as might in a ny way u eftio n point to the Scandinavian voyages in q . The atten tion I tr du fli n n o o .

' ir ed fevera l Ob eétso fintere ft tion wa snatura lly d e ét to j , f a nd who fe which had long been amiliar to antiquaries ,

origin was at that time involved in doubt. Prominent among thefe were the celebrated {tone ftru étu re o farched m a n— r u nintel fo work in Newpo t, and the notorious but C f ligible writing upon the Dighton rock . are ul and elab orate defc riptio nsand drawings Of thefe were forwarded t C o f to the Commit ee at openhagen . The credulity the Da nifh [ m um sled them to exprefsthe opinion that both r o f thefe were the work o f the Sca ndinavian voyage s. Whatever confidence may at firft have been felt or ex r e frt r finc e p e d in this opinion , the o y yea s that have ela fed f o ffu c h ffo fa r a s a re p have le t no trace a belie , we w o fdiftin u ifhed i hif a are , in the minds g ant quaries and ri r fnt ha s f to a nso fthe p e e day. The ground been care ully fu rve ed c o nc lu fio n y , and the has been reached that no f c o a ftso f remains are to be ound on the America , that can be traced to the vifitso fthe Northmen in the tenth cen o f f Ofthefe tury. The whole the evidence , there ore , alleged difc o ve ries f voyages and , is documentary, and is to be ought a o fli ble fr a lone in the Icelandic fgas. All that is p o us to u b th f know on the f j eét is contained in e e ancient writings . The range o finveftiga tio n is thus brought within a very nfiftin o f extra ét w c o m a fs. c o s narro p The documents, g fa a exte nfiv The f s e . rom ancient g , are not numerous or y

' a c c effible r r o fPro fe fio r a f r e are , through the epo t R n , in th e

’ ’ i n ffre viz . d o n é f er Old Ic e di e nt languages ; , in the / g , or la ndic re a in which they we originally written , and in Da nifh verfio n En lifh tra nfla tio n and a Latin . The g con ta ined c o m rifin a in this volume , p g all that is important to full ’ I ntr a u fli n o o . f o f fu b eét a s c o t ull knowledge the j , pl ce the nten so ftho fe ancient m a nu fc riptswithin the rea ch o f a ll ftu dentso f hifto r American y. fno fisOf O Pr fffr The y p the evidence, and the pinion o f o e o f t o f vifit Ra n , as to the iden ity the plac es ed o n our c o a ft by o rthm en c o nftitu te c t. the N , a valuable ommentary on the tex His opinion is valuable b ec a u fe it is the refu lt o fc areful and fc ho la rl invefti a tio n fho u ld do u btlefs y g , and , , have weight r f d . neve thele s O with the rea er But, , it is only an pinion , fu b eét u fu a l o f m u ft and is j to the chances error. It be h fre e n revifio n regarded, t ere o , as Op to on all points on f This rt which the reader may be better in ormed . libe y fho u ld fr exerc ifed n be eely on all opinio s which have been , ' be ex r fled u ét The e fb e . or may , p on this j y have widely ff a ft di ered in the p , and it is not likely that they will n f ftu dent Ofthef altogether coi cide in the uture . The e ancient writings will be able to form the b eft judgment as vifited f ftu d o f to the places by the Northmen , by a care ul y them felves o f rs the documents , regarding the opinions othe fu bfidia r i a only as y, and not permitt ng them to h ve any — controlling influence upon his own mind , certainly not until he has thoroughly c o m pa fTed and weighed the force o f ft u ftif u the rea fo nson which they re . No learning can j y s i fu b eét c ritic ifin a fe rit in dogmat zing on the j , or in g with p y f b eft the deliberately formed opinions o others . For the inio n m a f OfIi ble f Op that y be ormed , with all p acilities, can f o f hifto ric a l dem o nftra tio n be not ri e to the dignity a , or adin f held without fome deep fh gso doubt . But an important qu eftio n mutt be fettled prior to that o f t f fi d Thi a the identi y o the places vi te . sleads us to brief ‘ I nt du éi iofl ro .

fc o nfidera tio n o f o f fa as brie the credibility the Icelandic g . thefe a s d From ancient writings, we have alrea y intimated , we derive all our knowledge relati ng in any way to thefe ’ f firf voyages . It is rom them that we t learn that the alleged voyages were undertaken to the American c o a ft. Our b e lief in the narratives contained in thefe documents m u ft therefore depend upon what we know o fthe origin Ofthe ueftio n a documents in q , the manner in which they h ve been p refe rved and handed down to us through a period o f nearly nine hundred years . That we may comprehend this f fw r fta tem e nts n ff e ec e a r . more ully, a p eliminary will be y o f Towards the end the ninth century, Iceland was difc o ve re a nd f d colonized by voyagers rom Norway. A c o lo niftsOf century later, the Iceland continued their Chriftia nit fu bfe explorations to Greenland, where y was l quent y introduced , churches were planted , and continued to exift and flo u rifh fo r a period o fmore than two hundred ft Of f m and fi y years . The tide emigration ro Norway to Iceland became (0 great that it wa sfinally prohibited by infitu ted royal proclamation . The government t by the r firft f Icelande s was at patriarchal and in ormal , and was m oulded m o ftly by the common law or u fagesOftheir native intelleétu a l f e nte r rife f land . Wealth , orce , and p oon gave r n c o nfe u t impo tance to individuals , and by commo they m a i ra t C f became g ft esand hie s in the little republic . Family fra n fo fte red pride naturally p g up, and was by ambition and f f o f a nc fto r f O . e s love power The ame their , their ortunes Che rifhe d reli io u fl and their achievements, were , and g y handed down by oral tradition from father to fo n as a nh o f m flo w preciou si eritance . To render the recital the ’ ‘ I ntroa u éi ion.

ea f asw o f m ing and y, ell as to aid the memory, many the m a fu re S n f e . o o o were turned into poetic an order poets , fka ldsa ro fe who fe Offi r a e or , , ce and vocation we e to we v thefe o t feftiva ls p e ic narratives, and recite them at , the a ffiz es c a fi n o f o c o s . general , and on public gathering At hifto ric a l ro fe o f a later period , narratives in p , wide and en ro fli n inte reft fkilfu ll o lifhe d g g , were y put together and p fo r Thefe r tho fe public recital . we e called Sagas ; and who fu ita ble f r m moulded them into orm , and epeated the on o c c a fio ns fre a ffe m bled l great be o the nobles, were ca led l S a a m e n Chriftia nit wa g . y splanted in Iceland in the year 1 000 if . Up to this time , written language , we except Runic ' 2 inlc ri tio ns f w p , had not been introduced ; nor a ter ard were hifto ric a l fa a s r narratives or g committed to w iting, until f w f r o . b the middle the t el th centu y A out this period, the fa a s o f r fo r g , that had floated down on the tide memo y r be t many gene ations , began to writ en out upon parch

ment.

1 At a ll u ic m eetin sa nd ar p bl g , p ti c ula rl a t the a e m o fthe AlthI n Gu ide to o rthern Arc he o lo Lo n y n g, N gy, s I O the fineft o fthe o ld tra d t o n ere t e do n 1 8 8 . . i i w , 4 , p E ver c o nfidera b le c h f The R u nic wasa m etho d o fwrit c ited . y ie

ta n ha d lo n ha d hisfa a m a n. O n in . Ru ne der ved fro m m m e a ns i g g , i o , ‘

thefe o c c a fio nshe c a m e fo r a rd e fo re a gu rro w o r Cha nne . Thb Ru n c c ha r , w b , l i the o le a nd the firft o fthe la nd a éters ere m o ttl m ade u o fltra i ht pe p , w y p g i o s The fo n o fthe l nesc u tt n o r m e n ea c h o th r a t were h sa u d t r . e t e i i , i g i g flta ld a nd the na rra t e o fthe a m a n c erta n a n esa nd were fo r th srea iv , i gl , i when thu sa ll eyeswere fix!u po n fo n efpec ia lly c o nvenient fo r briefin him a nd a ll ea rsO e n to him eho o ved fc ri tio nso n o o d o r fio ne fo r h c h , p , b p w , w i

no t o n to b e a rtifiic a l l ve a nd a t the ere exc lufivel ufed. The ere ly , i ly, y w y y w f s m o ed to da testhe o wn d hi f tra éti ve b u t true . I the re c ta wa e e o , i l pl y fix , p w tho u t l f it wea r ed if it va r ed ro ert to e n a a ra ra h in a i e, ; p p y, g p g p d i ' i i i b i fro m faéts th wh c h ever a ud to r o fthe m e m o r o r here the ho e wi i y i y, w w l was fa m l a r if it c o nta ned fa lfe fto r c o uld b e to ld in a o rd o r a ne i i , i y w li , ho o ds the rec ter wa str a ted a sa b u t ere never ufed in r t n bo o ks , e w w g i — i i ra a r l 1V M P a c n o r e t nd d u m entso fa n fo rt. b t a ar. e e e do c gg a nd i . . t/ x y ‘ I ntrodu éi ion

3 m ent The difficulty o f Obta ining prepared fkinswa s ro c efso f ex enfive great, and the p writing was flow and p , fw { firft th f and e agas were at elevated into e written orm . o f But in the thirteenth century, the golden age Icelandic the fe a va ft literature , writings ccumulated to a number. f o f A ter the decline Icelandic literature , during the [even tee nth r Of m o ft if centu y or early part the eighteenth, , not o fthe fe o Co lleéted all , ancient d cuments, were together and transferred to the libraries OfSto ckholm and COpe n 4 hagen . Thefe

rro turl fo n a fa a rit r f les fo r h u h Sno S e , g w e , ea tsa nd ba tt ; alt o g it be who was o rn in the ea r I I 8 the the fa fhio n w th fka ldsto ra ife m o tt b y 7 , i p u o r o fthe H eim ikrin la o r Chro n tho fe in wh f r fen e the a r a th g , o e p e c y e {ta nd ic le o f the K n so f o rwa in his in et no o ne wo u d dare to rela te to i g N y, g , y l in o du étio n to tha t o r esu sa a h f ha t h a nd all tho fe who r tr w k, v c e w e hea d i i — very c lea r idea o fho w the a gaswere it knew to b e fa lfe a nd im a gi na r no t

wr tte n a nd likewife o fthe r c redi t . a tru e a c c o u nt o fhisdeeds ec a ufe i , i bili y ; “ ” “ ” I n th sbo o he fa s I ha e b a d tha t o u d b e m o c er no ra s t e . i k, y , v w l k y, p i o ld fto ries r tten do n asI ha ve The tra n Ia ted 6 w i w , / hea rd the m to d b nte ent e o e S a m u el La in o ndo 1 l n 8 V o . l y i llig p pl , g , L , 44, h f o - o nc e rn n c e swh ha e he d do . 2 I I 2 I c i g i v l pp 3. m n o n in the no rthe rn c o u ntr esa nd I t wa sfo rtu na te fo r hifto r tha t i i i , y, who fo e the Da nifh to n u e a nd fro m the feventeenth c entur the a tt en p k g ; , y a fo c o nc ern n fo m e o fthe r fa m tio n o fthe litera ti o th I n S eden l , i g i ily , b w ra nc hesa c c o rdin to ha t ha s ee n a nd De nm a r wa stu rned to the im b , w b k, m o m 0 th sisfo u nd n n to d e . S e i o rta c e o f I c e and c m a nufc ri l i p l i pts. a nc ent fa m re ifters in wh c h the Arn r m o hnfo n a u tho r o fCr m o e a i ily g , i g i J , y , ed reeso f n sa nd o th r e rfo na es a ffift hri i o p ig ki g e p g ed b King C ft a n IV . f e u o fhigh bi rth are rec ko ned u p a nd pa rt m a rk (I c o lleéted fevera l o fthe m iswri tten do wn a fter o ld fo ngsa nd a nd Bit p B nju lf S ve ndfo n fent a l ads h c h o ur fo refa the rsha d fo r fo m e o fthe m o I m o rta nt I c e a nd c b l , w i p l i

fm nt. N w w the r a m u e e o a tho u h e c o d c esto reder c I I I . I 6 O wh , g F ( 7 ), o i ° l i i c a nno t u ft fa y wha t tru th the re m a y wa sa z ea lo uspro m o ter o fa ll inte l b in lfiefe et we ha e the c e rta nt le u a l a dva n n e ét c e m e t . The I c ela nder , y v i y tha t o ld a nd fe m en he d the m to b e R u m a n who ta en rifo ner in the wi l g , , k p ” “ fa s: W r ft tru n he e e s f . e . A a the ar o Cha r es o f S ede n ha d g i y w l X w , fo u nda tio nso f o u r fto ry p r nc a y a wa ke ned the a ttentio n o fthe Swedifh n h o s h c h ere {u n in u po t e ( n w i w ig ip tlhl e litera ti to the li tera ry treafureso fhis refe nc e o ft e c h efsthe m fe lveso r o f o wn c o u ntr wastent to the ifla nd in p i , y, the r fo nsa nd ta e a ll to be tru e tha t I66 I to urc hafe m a nufc ri tsfo r th i , k p p e isfo und in fu c h o em sa bo ut their A nti ua n a n M fum o f ho n' p q u e S to c k l , a na

I nt d n ro u é?io . I 7

“ Among this vaft number o fScandinavian m a nu fc ripts hifto ric a l fa as de fc rib e weftern there are two g which voyages, undertaken during the twenty-five years that intervened 8 1 0 1 1 f a between 9 5 and . One o them is known sthe o f o fTho rfinn Saga Erik the Red , and the other as that Ka rlfefne thefe fi e ffe ntia l . On two documents re s all the evidence which we have relating to the voyages o f the Allu fio n f feve ra l Northmen to America. sare ound in other

Scandinavian writings, which may corroborate and confirm the narratives Ofthe two important fa ga sto which we have u ft f ee ntia l j re erred , but add nothing to them really o f f or important. The Saga Erik the Red is taken rom 6 C F la te e nfis Offa a s the odex y , containing a number g , which were c o lleéted and written out in their prefe nt form at fome r I 8 I a f time between the yea s 3 7 and 395 . The origin l aga , o f no w e xifte nc e which this is a copy, is not known to be in , c o n eétu red f f but is j , rom internal evidence drawn rom its language

The Arn - Ma n ll i n I I I s ten asm a c e m a n Co eét o . I t wa writ b e ea rl g , y l y alo ne c o nta nstwo tho u fa nd o u m es fho wn b fia tem e ntsc o nta ned in it i v l y i , f l I t o n o I c ela ndi c a nd O d N o rthern m a nu be twe e n 1 387 a nd 1 395 . c ta i ns fc ripts. Th sc o lleétio n wa sm a de b fe vera l fa b efi de tha t o f E r k the i ’ y i Arna sMa nuflen a diftin u ifhed a ntI R ed whic a e a r to ha e ee n r t g , g , p v b w i u a r t n 2 fv a nds h fo ll win e ee 1 0 a nd 1 1 2 a nd is ten b e e ra h . T e o qy, b w 7 7 , y n m d i h n i o f t e infc ri io n o n h a e n o o r o fhim . Vide the sa pa rt h pt t e fi ’ “ E a rl o f Ellefm ere s Gu ide to Old pa ge : The prielt I o n Tho rdarfo n ha s o rthern Arc haeo o o ndo n 1 8 8 ritte n fro m E r c V idfo rla a nd the N l gy, L , 4 , w i , 2 s f h fs a n ri 1 8 . two f a o t e Ola d eft p . a g ; p h s m a nu fc ri t in a r e fo lio Ma nusTho rha llffo n ha swr tte n fro m T i p , l g , g i ea u t fu r tten o n a rc hm ent a nd thenc e a nd a fo ha t iswri tte n efo re b i lly w i p , , l w b ,

llum na te d wa sfo u nd in a m o na fter a nd ha s um ina ted the ho e . Go d , y w i i ill l‘ o n the ifla nd a te in Bredefio rd in A m ht a nd the Ho V ir n Ma r Fl y, l ig y ly y I c e a nd ; a nd fro m thisna nd ta kesits b lefstho fe who wro te a nd im who l i ’ ” ’ i t in s i m rzn l Co de F la te nfi s I u r d éta d . La H e k na m e e . t was e a , x y p / g ,

Cha fed b Bifho Swendfo n f a o ndo n 1 Y o fI . 1 1 8 . o S 8 . y p k l L , 44, pp 57 , 5 bo lt a bo u t 1 6 0 fo r K n rederic , 5 , i g F 3 ’ ‘ I a troa zt éi ion

ft le a c m f language and y , to have been origin lly o po ed in the f twel th century. The Saga o f Tho rfinn Ka rlfefne in itsprefe nt form is fu o fed v e lea fl: o f pp to ha e b en written , at a part it, by Hauk E rlendfo n fo r o f , many years governor Iceland , who died 1 ha d in 334. Whether it been committed to writing at an f m a nu fc ri t earlier period , and copied by him rom a p , or whether he took the narra tive from oral tra dition and re duc ed him fe lf fo r firft it to writing the time, is not known . o fthefe a re tho fe Both documents declared , by qualified o f Cha ra éter o f r to judge the ancient w itings, to be authentic, and were clearly regarded by their writers a snarratives o f r hifto ic a l truth . As the voyages to America recorded in the fa gastook o f r place near the beginning the eleventh centu y, as is C fho wn them felves t learly by the documents , and writ en language was not introduced into Iceland till about the o f f r o bvio u fl f middle the twel th centu y, it y ollows that the n a rratives o fthe alleged voyages to America remained only f o fO lea ft ft in the orm ral traditions at one hundred and fi y, and probably two hundred years after the voyages were d likewife f Oldeft fa a ma e . We have already een that the g s exiftin rra o fthe fe now g, and containing the na tive voy r f r f r r ages, were w itten rom three hund ed to our hund ed yea s a f c a ter the events re orded in them took pl ce . ' thefe faétsC With learly in mind, the readerwill be able to f fo r him felf orm his own opinion , to determine what degree f r thefe t o c edibility ought to be accorded to ancient wri ings . While there is no corroboratingevidence o u tfi de o fIcelandic writ them felves r c o nfirm ings , no monuments in this count y ‘ I ntrodu éi ion I . 9

tru thfulnefso f r neve rthelefs ing the the nar atives, they have, , o f fa a s all the elements truth contained in other g , which C a are learly confirmed by monumental rem ins . Events n r fa a so f l occurri g in Greenland , ecorded in Icelandic g equa t t efia blifhed teftim o n o f an iqui y, are by the undoubted y f t . a ét ancient monuments This, together with the tha there is no improbability that fu c h voyages fho uld have d ea f been ma e“ render it y to believe that the narratives contained in the faga sare true in their general outlines and rt f u impo ant eat res . a f Obfe rved thefe It is l o to be , that a denial that voy ad tho fe ages were m e to this continent leaves , to who are i ffi fo lve thus ncredulous, an exceedingly di cult problem to . Thefe Icelandic narratives were written , undeniably, long f difc o ve rieso fC ft be ore the olumbus in the We Indies , and f c a ft o j ohn Cabot on our northern Atlantic o . The authors c o nfe u e ntl nf m fa b ric a t had , q y, no i or ation to guide them in n e rth le f fl r ev e s . ing a probable , but fictitious, o y They defc ribe tru thfu lnefs , however, with extraordinary the gen Cha ra éteriftic so f ea ftern fho res eral outlines and our , f ro du éts C embracing oil , p , and limate ; beginning in the o f fro ft fa r northern regions perpetual , and extending down a f f along the genial and fruitful c o tso the temperate zone . The accounts given by the voyagerswere accepted astrue by their contemporaries, and wrought into the permanent hifto ri al f the c literature o their country. To believe that o fthefe r fa éts agreement nar atives with the , as they are now f a r Of known to us, was ortuitous, ccidental , a me e matter C Circ u m ftfii c esim o f hance , is , under all the conditions and , p fibl l ft th f h e . fCO e ea e e a e In their general p at , narratives v therefore ’ ‘ I ntroa u éi iort . therefore been accepted by the m o ft judicious and difpaf fio na te hifto ric a l r o f write s throughout the republic letters. But when we defc e nd to minor fta tem entsand pa rtic u lars uni m portant to the general drift and import o fthe nar ra tives fha ll do u b tlefs ffi , we find it di cult to accept them u nhe fita tin f with an g belie . Narrations that have floated down on the current o fora l tradition through many genera a re f tions not only likely, but quite ure , to be warped and twifted f o f f , to ome extent, out their original orm and mean in a ffin f g . Events p g rom one narrator to another are fha ed efec ia ll fub o rdina te p and colored , p y in particulars , by ft a fs r the la mind through which they p . Each nar ator deals f Of a rtift c o nfc io u fl with them a ter the manner an , and , y or u nc o nfc io u fl im re fso f y, leaves upon them the p his own m f hifto ria n f ind . The care ul receives, there ore, all tradi efec ia ll tho fe o f fta ndin c u m r a no a lzlr tions, p y long g, g / , and v fo r a bflu t never ouches their o e and entire truth . o bfe rved fa a m e n But it is to be that the Icelandic g , in who fe c u fto dy this Scandinavian lore remained fo r nearly r ro feffio na l o f two hund ed years, were p narrators events. It was their office and duty carefully to commit to memory tra nfm it ha d them felves and to others what they received . ’ ro feffio na l Cha ra é te r o f fa a m a n f The p the g was there ore, in f fr r ferva ti n f o e o o . ome degree , a guarantee the p the truth But it was ne verthelefsim po ffible that in the long Chain o f narrators errors fho u ld not creep in ; that the memory o f f o ft fho u ld f ome hem not alter at times ; and, more than fho u ld this, that variations not have been introduced here ’ r fa a m a n s o f and the e , in obedience to the g conception an ft le ta ft e . improved y and a better Few, probably, will be fo I ntr odu fi iofl. fo ra fh as to deny that fu c h variations as thefe have been thefe a incorporated into the text. What v riations were, few im o fli ble fo r whether they were many or , it will be p us f ever to determine . But a knowledge or belie that the d text, as we read it to ay, is not probably, in all minor rec ifel wa s i particulars, p y what it was as it g ven by the them felves firft rehea rfed Scandinavian voyagers , when they the fto ry o ftheir difc o ve riesto their friends in Iceland eight fift r fho u ld hundred and y yea s ago, lead us to render our interpretations with a c o rre fpo nding m o defiy and a re ftra ined a ffu ra nc e . We have thus endeavored in the fe pages to prefe nt to m o ft f o fli ble hifto r the reader, in the abbreviated orm p , the y and Cha ra éter o fthe evidence which we po ffe fsthat the Northmen came to the fho reso fAmerica in the tenth and r ft fe w m o ft if eleventh centu ies . During the la years , , not o f o all , the writers who have touched up n our early Ameri c a n hifto r o f y, have recognized the voyages the Northmen to America by fta te m e ntsand a llqo nsmore or le fsex r t o f a tended . The g eater par them have reiter ted the o n lqn f f c c o so the m e lves others , without having arrived at f c m re he a ve f fu b a ull and o p knowledge o the jeét. To fome the means o f forming an intelligent Opinion have r not been within their reach . Othe s have approached the fu b eét ifa dva nta e j under great d g s. The evidence has been p refe nted fo overloaded with the dedu éti o nso fe nthu fia ftic e m ba rra ffed editors, that their judgment has been , and their n lqn fr a ll c o c o so eft e d has ff . It been our aim , in o ering thi c o lleétio n o f refe nt to the members the Prince Society, to p the entire evidence on the fu bjeét in fu c h a manner that it can

I ntr odu fi iofl.

C u nde rfto o d difa fli o na tel can be learly , and weighed p y and m ba rra ffm e nt without e . Our annotations o fthe fagasare intended to elucidate o f itsa li the meaning the text, but not to predetermine pp d o f vifI ted c o a f i. cation . Our knowle ge the points on our m u ft depend upo n fu b o rdina te and minor exp re ffio nso fthe fa asnec e ffa ril fu b eét f g , y j , as we have een , to mutations ; and qu eftio nso fthis fort may properly be left to the u nbia ffed f judgment and determination o the reader. effa o fPro fe ffo r f fno fiso f The y Ra n , in its y p the evidence fa a s f contained in the g , and his attempt to identi y localities, refu lt o f f ftu d fChOla rfhi the care ul y and ripe p , can hardly f u fefu l if {h ail to be , , indeed , we all regard it only as a com ex re fli o n o f e rfo na l mentary upon the text, the p a p opinion , but not as a final authority in fettling any important hif ri l u fio n to c a e t . q With this view, and this only, it has been introduced into this volume . E F S . . .

B T N 1 1 e a c o n Street OS O , B , 2 0 F b r 1 8 e ru a . y, 77

I C E LA N D I C SA A G S .

CONC ERNI NG ER I K TH E RED 7 .

A . D 8 . 9 5 .

8 H E RE fo n o f was a man named Thorvald , a

Ofva ld fo n o fUlf-Oxne - Th r ff o er o n. , a Thor vald and his fo n Erik the Red removed from ’ a zde r Co nfe u e nc e o f J to Iceland , in q murder. At that time was Iceland colonized wide 10 Ho rnfra nd : around . They lived at Drange on t there died

” 7 Th sm a nu fc ri t no n a sthe vo a eso fE ri a nd hisim m ed a te fo l i p , k w y g k i ” fE r th Red frm s a rs Sa a o e o rt o f lo e . g ik , p w the c ele ra ted F la tObo en o r Co de We m a here re m a r tha t u nder b , x y k F la te enfis a nd the a n u a e c o n the hea d o fI c ela nd c S a a swe c o m y ; g g , i g ’ ftru étIo n a nd ft le o f the na rra t e rehend a ll wr tte n b the I c e a nde rs , y iv , p i y l to ether th o ther u ne rri n nd c a o r the r defc e nda nts hether in I c e g wi g i i i , w t o ns ro e it to ha ve een r tten in la nd ro er in the ne i hb o rin ifla nds i , p v b w i p p , g , ' f n r n n s h . the twel th c e tu ry . G ee la d o r e l ew ere zde B ea “ ’ o f h m l r ir. m b ir N A th u h the m a n o ec t o t e i z D A . t e o rtlxm en l g i bj j y ,

s n o . writer o fth na rra tive a earsto ha ve o d n 1 8 1 . 6 i pp L , 4 , p 4 een to enu m era te the deedsa nd a d The o ld I c ela ndic m e u i a e nt b , qv l ventu reso f Er a nd hisfo ns fho rt to the a t n no m ina tu se l istra nfla te d ik , L i j , r f i B m i o h E n i a c c o u ntsa e a l o give n o fthe d fc o v by Mr. ea fh int t e o ld l fh ’ r ffu din o r th o rd I n /r h s rd hash iv e eso c c ee a e s e m ft o t . o t e a e i g v y g , w k T i w diftin u ifhed o f ho m wa sTho rfinn fo rm hile it is affive in m ea n n a nd g w w i g,

Ka rlfefne b u t a sa m o re deta ed na r ism o reo er o b Olete . We ha e there il , v , v ra tive o fthe difc o verieso fth srem a r fo re rende re d it w a sc a lled o r w a s i k , a e rfn is n n in h m n l s ble p o a ge c o ta i ed t e a n a m ed in a l c afe . u f i ‘ T ho n 9 c r pt enti tled he S a ga o fT rfi n I n No rwa y . ’ 1° Ka rlfe fne h c h isa fo tra nfla ted thefe I c ela nd wasc o lo n ed I n o lf , w i l , iz b g , fel étio nsa re r n a l nfin d o th rw n f er e c c o e t e a o e a in 8 . The i c o v p i ip ly N gi , 74 y o ; 2 4 Icelandic Sagas.

h h . t e died Thorvald Erik then married T orhild , daughter o f Tho rb o r Kna rra rb rin a who af a s e unda and j g g , terw rd o fHa u kada l married Thorbjorn . f Erikfta d Then went Erik rom the north , and lived at , V a tfh rn fn f near o . The o o Erik and Thorhild wa scalled ’ ’ f B t f E u lf f lli . u du e ft s r Lei a ter y Soers and Ra n the mu der, wa s ba nifhed f Ha uka da l r weftwa rds Erik rom , and he emoved Breida fo rd (E xn rikfa e E t d. to j , and lived at y at He lent l l Tho r eft f - o fts g his eat p , and could not get them back again ; he then demanded them : upon this a ro fe difpu tes ’ f e a nd Tho r eft f a and rays betw en him g , as is told in Eriks ag . Tho r rim fo n E u lfo f the f o f ra Styr g , y Svinoe, and ons B nd

' o fA l ta fo rd o V ifilfo n a ffifted p j , and Thorbj rn , Erik in this matter ; b u t the fons o fTho rgelle r and Tho rge ir o fHita rda l d Tho r e ftlin e rs fto o by the g g . Erik was declared outlawed ’ ” the Tho rfnefthin fhi by g, and he then made ready his p in Erik ’s

h n u r B m i o f the ifla nd a s bee n erro eo fly g ea t j u d ent b Mr. ea fh ; a nd I ve n to Na do dd in 862 ; b u t F i nn we the re o re nee to o ffer no a po lo gy a nu fn a nd Ra fn ha v tho a tha t it fo r ntro du c n them nto h s o r fil g e e w i i g i t i w k . ha d een re vio u fl vifite d b G a rda r The S e tflo kka e re c a r ed la rs b p y , w v pil a Da ne o fS wedi d efc e nt a bo u t the o f o o d a tta c he d to the refide n e o f . w c ea r 860 a nd wa sfirft c a ed G a rda rf no eso rna m ente d a t the to th the . , p w ll bl ’ i 01m Ifla nd no r c a n the b u ft o fthe r ro tec t n de t a sTho r ) ; i p i g i y. a rr va o fN a do dd who c a ed it S nee o r Od n. \V he n the o rthm e n t e i l , ll i N la nd S no w1a nd be ed a t a n ea r ie r m o ed fro m o ne a c e to a no ther in ( ) , fix l v pl . ’ — d n n e r o d tha n 86 . S e e G ro u la nd s o b e e c e to a fi u la r fu e rflitio n p i 4 i g p , ’ ‘ ' i h c a ft the r f ft kk t o l . . t e e t o a n h f I l i to rz l e di v i d ne r ” V I . to t e ea / j e/ , pp i i ; where e r the we re ftra nde d th r v y , e e r h m a de the r a o d \V e m a y he re re m a k t a t the te xt the i b e . ’ y o f B m ifh s ra nfla tio n ise lu c i n o r h n fI wnifi es in the Mr. ea t Ti g, T i g, , da te d fre u e nt b ea rne d no tes o ld S c a nd na a n to n u e to Iea k q y y , v g , f/ ; l l i i ' ta e n a r fro m the m o r e a bo ra te a nd he nc e a o u a r a fI e m b l o r c o u rt k l g e ly e l p p l . ’ “ wo rk o fl ro fe ffo r R a fn e nt t e d A n o f u ll ic e . The na t o na a e m l o f , i l j i l b y ” ti u ita te s A m e ric a nte to h c h we o r a {t re ta nsthe na m e o fS to r q , w i N w y ill i ha e a r a d re fe rre d in the I ntro thm o r rea t m ee tin a nd isd ded v l e y g, g , ivi u n o h th a nd nto two c ha m ersc a l e d the La - th n d el i n t this o u m e . T e v l pi i b , g i g - e ne ra fc o e o fthe fe no teso ri ina ll a nd Ode sth n . g p , g l i g l o wr tte n i n a t n ha ve ee n fi tte d wity i L i , b ’' Ic e/a zza zc Sagas.

’ r t Erik s c eek ; and when he was ready, S yr and the others followed him out pa ft the ifla nds. Erik told them that he ’ fea rc h o f UlfKra e sfo n intended to go in the land, which g

' Gu nnb Orn fa w we ftwa rd j , when he was driven out to the in 13 h f u nb rn fea f t e o G n ii . the , the time when he ound rocks j He faid he would come back to his friends ifhe found the 14 f f S nzefell ku l f land . Erik ailed out rom i he ound land , and came in from the fea to the place which he called

‘ Mid Ok u l Bla ferkr f j ; it is now called . He then went outh fe a a firft wards to e whether it was there h bit ble land. The Erikfe o f ea ftem winter he was at y, nearly in the middle the fe ttle m e nt frin f E riksfo rd ; the p g a ter repaired he to j , and o fu m m e r to k up there his abode . He removed in to the r ft l m nt we fie n e t e e . , and gave to many places names He was the fec o nd winter at Holm in Hra fnfgnipa ; but the fu m m e r th third went he to Iceland , and came with his ip Br i a fo r f into e d j d. He called the land which he had ound bec a u fe b e a ttra éted Greenland , , quoth , people will be if ” thither, the land has a good name . Erik was in Iceland fo r fu m m e r f the winter, but the a ter went he to colonize Bra tta hlid E riksfo rd f the land ; he dwelt at in j . In ormed people fa y that the fame fu m m e r Erik the Red went to colonize Greenland ; thirty-five fhipsfailed from Breida fjo rd Bo r a fo rd fo u rte n e f w and g j , but only arriv d ome ere driven w f f f r t. back, and othe s ere lo This was fi teen winters be ore Chriftia nity

1 ' ' — u nnb arna fk er fta ted b B o rn b the defc ent o fArc t c ic e A rm . G j , y y y — i o hnfo n to ha e e en a o u t m i wa A r m . I I no te a . B ea m i It . v b b y , p , / 1‘ ’ {etwe en I c e a nd a nd Gree n a nd b u t o u isu fed to de fc ribe a m o u n , J k l l l ' no w c o nc ea led o r rendered ina c c e flib le ta n o ffno w o r ic e a c e r fro m a b r , i (gl i ) , j , f — ' a fra m ent o ic 1 aem . g e . 2 6 Icelandic Sagas.

“ “ Chrifiia nit efta blifhed Th y was by law in Iceland . e f fea fo n Bifho i fo n o f ame p Freder ck , and Thorvald the f ” 1“ f i Kodran , departed rom Iceland . The ollow ng men , : Her ulf who went out with Erik, took land in Greenland j Her u lfsfo rd he He r ulfnefs Ketilf took j j ( lived at j p ) , Ketil f f Ra fnsfo rd Sce lve Sce lvedal Tho rb ra ndffo n jord , Ra n j , , Helge Al ta fo rd Tho rb o rn lo ra Si lefo rd Eina rsfo rd p j , j g g j , Einar j , Ha frim Ha frim sfo rd V a tna hve rf A rnla u A m g g j and , g la u sfo rd f wefte rn fettl m e nt g j ; but ome went to the e . “ After the lapfe o ffIxtee n winters from the time Erik w h f fo n o f the Red ent to in abit Greenland , Lei , the Erik, f w m going rom Greenland into Nor ay, ca e in the autumn to Dro nthe im f fo n o fT r viu s , when King Ola , the ygg came f H ela nd f th NIda ro e . s thither rom g Lei brought his ip to , a nd repaired immediately to King Olaf. The king ex ho rted f him , as al o the other pagan men who came to him , a fIl efieéted to accept religion . When the king had e y this f was fa ilo rs a ffed with Lei , he baptized , and all his ; and he p ” the w the a winter ith king, being liber lly entertained.

B ARNI EE OUT REEN N J S KS G LA D.

D A . . 986.

i 11 m m wasthe fo n o fBard Herj u lfso n ; he was kinf m a n c o lo nift f Her u lf ve f to the Ingol . To j ga Ingol land between

’ Chrittia nit wa sfta blifhed in I c e Bea m ifh stra nfla tio n b ut isfo u nd in y e , ’ n ha l n t h la A . D fe n fo l u a f t r a o t d . 1 000 n tl f s t sa l o t e t e . I t c o u e Ra te q y x , i g lo wstha t E r the Red went to c o o ba tifm o f e fa nd his a rt wh c h ik l p L i p y, i i r r - n e G eenla nd AD a la u nde u o ta tio n s. z 985. we h ve p c ed q m a rk : — ° This a ffa e Is m i t in Mr. Vtde A n i A m 1 . p g o t ed t q. , p 5 2 Icelandic Sagas. 7

" w R k n H r ulf firft B r bet een Vog and ey ja efs. e j lived at ep k f wa Tho r rd B a rni t fto c . s e His wi e named g , and j was heir fo n f , a very hope ul man. He conceived , when yet young, defire ra f r fo r him felf h a to t vel abroad , and oon ea ned bot ’ r refeé t fec o nd iches and p ; and he was every winter abroad , wi f o ffeffed B a rni every other at home th his ather. Soon p j o wn fhi h it was w Her u lf his p ; and the winter he in Nor ay, j fo r t prepared a voyage to Greenland with Erik . In the hip 18 Her u lf Chriftia n f with j was a rom the Hebrides, who ” m re fe étin the wasthe ade a hymn p g whirlpool , in which following verfe

0 Tho u who trieft ho ly m en I No w guide m e o n m y way ’ o rd o f a rth swid ul n L the e e va t, exte d Th ra c io usha nd to m y g e.

Herj ulflived at Herj ulfsnefs; he was a very refpeéta ble m a n the Bra tta hlid wa m f . Erik Red lived at ; he sthe o l: o o them felves l ked up to , and every one regulated by him. ’ Thefe C f r al Tho rftein were Eriks hildren Lei , Tho v d , and but his daughter wa scalled F reydis; fhe was married to a who Tho rva rd man was named ; they lived in Garde, where ’ Bith o sf the is now the p eat ; was very haughty, but Thor vard wasnarrow-minded ; the wasmarried to him chiefly on o f w account his money. Heathen ere the people in Green a t t B arni w i t land his time. [I j came to Eyra r ith his fh p he fu m m er

17 I n la nd n I c e . a c ient I c ela ndic writer asa da ngero u s 1' ’ The Ia tin verfio n has r H u s n - m eb a t in th Greenla d o c ean. n p e A tig. den u . A m 1 n en , p . 8, o te a . Haferdin ar d f d a n g g , e c ribe by Icelandic Sagas.

fu m m er o fthe fame year in which hisfather had failed frin The fe fe rio u s B a rni away in p g. tidings appeared to j , fhi fea m en and he was unwilling to unload his p . Then his a fked him what he would do he a nfwered that he intended c u fto m a fs f : to continue his , and p the winter with his ather ” w fai fo r if And I ill , d he, bear Greenland , ye will give f f me your company. All aid that they would ollow his u nfl f B a rni : c o e . Then aid j Imprudent will appear our fi f ” nc e o . voyage, none us has been in the Greenland ocean fea fo f r However, they put to oon as they we e ready, and f fo r was o ffi ailed three days, until the land out ght under f w f a ro fe t the water ; but then the air ind ell , and there nor h f winds and ogs, and they knew not where they were ; and fo r f aw thus it continued many days. A ter that l they the fu n difc o ve r fk new f again , and could the y they made ail , f fo r f fa w a c o u nfelled and ailed that day, be ore they l nd, and w B a rni ith each other about what land that could be , and j f a aid that he thought it could not be Greenl nd. They a fke th f M d whether he wi ed to ail to this land or not . y ” “ f f Clo fe fo advice is, aid he , to ail to the land ; and they f fa w m did , and oon that the land was without ountains, and fm a ll f covered with wood , and had heights . Then le t they fide It m f the land on their larboard , and let the e turn rom f rw r f fr fa w the land . A te a ds they ailed two days be o e they afk d if B a rni t wa another land . They e j thought that his s f Greenland, but he aid that he as little believed this to be Greenland as the other ; bec a u fe in Greenland are faid to ” - f be very high ice hills . They oon approached the land , fa w and that it was a flat land covered with wood . Then the fa f fa ilo rsf it f m t ir wind ell , and the aid that ee ed o them m o ft

3O Icelandic Sagas.

’ f fea fa rin wa s h f f athers , and gave up g, and wit his ather o Her u lf f w r af long as j lived, and a ter ards he dwelt the e ter ft his a her.

Y OF E ER N VO AGE L IF IKSO .

' H ere be znne h the N rra tive o the Greenla g t a f nders.

T HE r t B a rni He r u lf next thing now to be elated is, hat j j ” fo n f r vifIted went out rom G eenland, and Erik j arl , and ] B a rni the Jar received him well . j told about his voyages, f that he had een unknown lands , and people thought that fho wn c u riOfIt he had no y, when he had nothing to relate thefe fo m ewha t t about countries , and this became a ma ter ’ B a rni o f o freproach to him . j became one the Jarl s cour fu m m er af tiers , and came back to Greenland the ter. o f difc o ver There was now much talk about voyages y . if fo n o f o fBra tta hlid w B a rni Le , the Erik the Red , , ent to j He r u lfso n t o f j , and bought the hip him , and engaged men fr f -five all fa fke o o . d it, that there were thirty men in Lei his father Erik to be the leader on the voyage ; but Erik e xc u fed him felff a t firic ke n , aying th t he was now pret y well o t f m in years, and could n now, as or erly, hold out all the r f ff ftill f ha dfhipso the fea . Lei aid that he was the one o the family whom good fortune would fo o ne ft attend ; and ’ f re u eft f fo fo Erik gave in to Lei s q, and rode rom home o n fho rt fhi as they were ready ; and it was but a way to the p . ho rfe {t f o ff The umbled that Erik rode , and he ell , and b ru ifed

“ 1 Er a r] Ear f o rw s in t r — n i A m o a . h he ea . A t . en . ik, J ( l) N y T i y 994 q , p f — i fu d Ra fn t ha v . s ppo e by o e ha ppened xxix B ea m i/h. 1 Icelandic Sagas. 3

“ ru ife f f n b d . his oot Then aid Erik, It is not ordai ed that I fho u ld difc o ve r more countries than that which we no w fho u ld fr inhabit, and we make no u ther attempt in com ” Bra tta hlid f pany. Erik went home to ; but Lei repaired

-fi t ve . to the hip, and his comrades with him, thirty men "2 fo u the rn There was a on the voyage, who was named T rk e r th f y . Now prepared they their ip, and ailed out into fea f the when they were ready, and then ound that land firft B a rni f l f which j had ound afi. There ailed they to the c a ft Off a th o re land, and anchor, and put boats, and went , fa w f u and there no gra s. Great icebergs were over all p the country ; but like a plain o fflat fto neswas all from the fea to the mountains, and it appeared to them that this “ ' f f land had no good qualities. Then aid Lei , We have B a rni not done like j about this land , that we have not been u a HEL pon it ; now will I give the land a n me , and call it ” 23 LULAND af fa . Then went they on board , and ter that iled fe a f t f out to , and ound another land ; hey ailed again to the

c aft o ff s fho re . land , and anchor, then put boat and went on f This land was flat, and covered with wood, and white ands fa r th were around where they went , and the ore was low. f f fha ll f its Then aid Lei , This land be named a ter qualities, ” and called MARKLAND They then imme dia t l i f e y returned to the fh p . Now ailed they thence into

fe a -eaft two the open with a north wind , and were days at fea

‘3 u drm a dr fu o fed to m ean a ro m hella a fla t fto ne a nd la nd S , pp F , , , Germ a n a sthe te rm sS u drm enn a nd fla t- fto ne a nd o r Hellula nd S u , l , p a re u fed pro m ifc u p o fed by Pro feffo r R afn to be N ew the na tiveso fGer fo u ndla nd . s— 9‘ n Pr wr te r . A n o va Sc o tia ac c o rdi to o i N , g

a . feffo r Ra fn. 2 3 Icelandic Sagas. fea f fa w f m be ore they land, and they ailed thither and ca e 25 ifla nd ea ftwa rd o f to an which lay to the the land , and went up there , and looked round them in good weather, and Obfe rved that there wa sdew upon the grafs ; and it fo th happened that they touched the dew with eir hands, and ra ifed the fingers to the mouth , and they thought that they f f h fo fw t had never be ore ta ted any t ing ee . f h th fa f A ter t at they went to the ip, and iled into a ound, ifla nd f which lay between the and a ne s (promontory), which ra n out to the ea ftwa rd o fthe land ; and then fleered weft f f fha ll w f . o wards pa the ne s It was very at ebb tide, and fhi fl fo fa r fee f th their p ood up, that it was to rom the ip to the water. { 0 defire But much did they to land, that they did not give them felvestime to wait until the water again ro fe n fhi fho re e u der their p , but ran at once on , at a place wher a river flows out o fa lake ; but fo foon as the waters ro fe fhi the up under the p , then took they boats , and rowed to fhi r p , and floated it up to the iver, and thence into the lake , c aft h f the fhi h and there anc or, and brought up rom p t eir ik ” ” in cots , and made there booths. After

3“ “ ” tera l no rth a rd o fthe la nd fhi ~bo a rd a sa ea rsin the La xdz la Li l y w p , pp “ no rdr h a fla ndinu b u t the Ed to r a . 1 1 6 ere T hu rid fa s hu n ( ) ; g , p , w y , ' i Pro feflo r Ra fn {ho stha t the o rth ekk a t b u d a tz vi er Ge irm u ndr ( ) w N f p , m en a c ed th s o nt o fthe c o m a fs g fi fhe we nt to the c o u c h here pl i p i p , w n a r n i i sa nfwe rst e i o fI t o n f u r a rm u nd fl . I u ly the p o o e ft . Ge e pt t th o

A ntz . m . 28 . h n fh m a nd a r a A er . t e ter o t e o a ns m a q p 4 R , p p ‘5 — H d f m I ntel fk n a nd a t 43 o f h r e s A ntz . A m en a a t ro 8 0 t e G e . / , , i , f , q k e , ' f a — a c afe o r c o verI n b e I n firiétl e k . 1 . 1 a e m . , g, , y p 3 n 2" r f m a . d i a fk in b a o r o u c In whic the B ndz f. l o fbu ro M to g, g. p , , , , a nc e nts ere a c c ufto m ed to ee the r re m a n o r nha it henc e r ba the w k p ; , p o y, i i i i — bl h s d h r r r . C o t e a n o t e a t c eso n a o u E n bo o t/t . 1dem l i l j g . ney : the fa m e wa su fed fo r a b ed o n 33

f c o u nfel fr refo lu tio n A ter this took they , and o med the o f fo r t remaining there the winter, and built here large f re wa s o ffa lm o n ho u es. The no want either in the river flm o n t fr f a e . or in the lake , and larger than hey had be o een u o f fo The nat re the country was, as they thought, good,

ho ufe -f fo r that cattle would not require eeding in winter, fro ft f there came no in winter, and little did the gra s wither r a the e . Day and night were more equal than in Greenl nd fo r fho rteft fu n o or Iceland , on the day was the ab ve the horizon from half-past feven in the forenoon till half-pa ft f f ” our in the a ternoon .

ho u fe - ff But when they had done with the building, Lei aid : to his comrades Nowwill I divide ourmen into two parts, a nd have the land explored ; and the halfo fthe men fha ll the ho u fe a f r remain at home at , while the other h l explo e f the land ; but, however, not go urther than that they can ” fho u ld f r e a a te . come home in the evening, and they not p h fo fo r fC n a fO Now t ey did a time, and Lei ha ged bout, o ne that the day he went with them , and the other remained h u f f o e . ftro n at home in the Lei was a great and g man , f fe nfible grave and well avored, therewith and moderate in all things.

LE THE U UN UP N A R I N THE SEA IF L CKY FO D FOLK O OCK .

IT happened one evening that a man o fthe party was m lli T rker r f i ng, and this was the Ge man . This took Lei y much

The fo llo wing isthe fubfta nc e o f been elu c ida ted I n a n interefting a rtic le ‘ ’ a va lua e no te intro duc ed b Mr On the A n n v bl y . c ie nt Sc a ndi a ia nsDi vi ’ B am ifh hisfub e e in lo c o . T ét has r n o fthe Tim e o fthe Da b inn j y, y F n n s Mag ufe . Icelandic Sagas.

fo r T rker f much to heart , y had been long with his ather if h C fn and him, and loved Le muc in his hildhood. Lei o w

e feve rel ta flt r d fe k fr took his p ople y to , and prepa e to e o T rker t , and took welve men with him . But when they y had

M ufen ublifhed in the Mem o irs P . u . when it wa sfa d to be in , p 4, , i o ft e So c iet o f o rthern Anti ua e kta t ta a'r o r the term na tio n o fthe y N q y y , i

riesb wh c h it a ea rstha t e kt. The rec fe m o m ent tha t the , y i pp y i sd vid fu n The a nc ient S c a ndina vi a n i ed appea re in thispla c e i ndic a ted the hea venso r the ho ri zo n into eight i rm i t n o f the a ’fifid a l da y ud divifio nsa nd the t m eso fthe azt anfiipfth na u ral d r , t s e t a de i g ) ’ s gry a c c o rding to the fun sa pparent a nd wastherefo re held efpegizill i e: m o tio n thro u h thefe d vir ns the fervin o fno t c e : the ho urso f r g , g b o , ' i i afla e thro u h ea c h o f h c h the a lfo a re fu o fed to ha e ended a t this p g g w i y , pp v ’ fu o fed to o c c u a erio d o fthree t m e . Six l u s o c o c A. . wa c a lled pp py p i k, , h r r d M id m - o urs. T e da wa sh efo e v de r o r nn . h t e d ha lf ail A u . D a y i i g p 7, , g i ns f m rr fo din m a l r into o rt o o t e c o e n A . I 1. D a z erda rm a l &c . i p 9, , g , with aefe e ht divifio nsea c h o fwhic Winter wa sc o nfidered to c o m m enc e ig , wa sc a l ed a n e at fi nifin a n e hth in I c ela nd a o u t the 1 th Oéto b er a nd l y , g y g ig b 7 ;

rt . Th se kt wa sa a I n d ded Bifho Tho rla c iu sthe c a lc ula to r o fthe i y g ivi , p , ike ea c h o fthe ra nd di vifio nso fthe Aftro no m ic a l Cale nda r esfu nrife in g , fix hea vens into two fm a ller a nd e ua l the fo u th o fI c e a nd o n the 1 th Oéto , q l 7 - h lf . o rt o ns c a lled e nd o r m a l . I n ber a t a a tt A . H A t th sho u r p i , fi , , p 7, i , o rder to determ ne thefe divifio nso f ac c o rd n to the Sa a it ro fe in V in i i g g , tim e the inha ta ntso f ea c h a c e la nd o n the fho rteft da a nd fe t a t , bi pl y, - full frv e d urn rf ha f ft P . u h h da c a re o b e ed th a l c o u e a . c ta the y i l p 4, , w i fix ° ’ ” f he fu n a nd no ted the rr ftrial la t tude o ft he l a t 1 I O o t te e a c e . , i p 4 43 — s r . b o ve h h it fe ed to A nti . A m er 8 M! o eft c e m fta n . ee j w d S q , p 435 43 , i ' ' Suc h a na tu ra l o r a rtific ia l o b eét was m o iresde la S et te oy a le desA nti c a l ed in I c ela nd da m a r da na iresda N o rd 1 8 6 1 8 . 1 6 l g / ( y g , 3 , 37, p 5 ; m a r . The ere a lfo led to thefe a nd Dia l o tire A nc ient N o rthm en in k) y w fix f , da ym a rksby a divifio n o fthe ho riz o n Ap ndix to Bea m ifh . P ro feffo r Rafn ac c o rd n to the r nc al w nds a s m a gsthe la t tu de fro m the a o e da ta i g p i ip i , i b v ° ’ ” el asb the wa ntso fthe r do m eftic 1 2 I O A nti . A m e r. 6 b u t w l y i 4 4 [ q , 43 ’ ec o no m : the fhe herd srifin t m e if a sisto be refum ed t e o b erva y p i , , p , fo r infta nc e was c a l ed H ir isr t o n wasm ade hen the fun ha d c o m , l if i w m dl h c h c o rref ndswith half- aft letel r fen a nd hislo er ed e a , w i p 4 p y i , w g p ’ n s th d to to u h th ho ri o n it c o u d o c o c A . u . a th wa s e e n eare c e l k, ; i b gi p z , l ° ’ ” nin o f the na tural da da o no b e lefstha n 1 I o ho ever g ( g f t 4 43 w , - ffer n isu n m rta nt a sr twenty fo u r ho u rs. Recy‘o ning ?o m the di e c e i po e the hirdisrifm al the e ht u nd o r rdsthe lo c a l t fo r no th n m o re , ig fl , i y, i g e hth halfe at term na ted exa étl a t t a n a n a ro m a t o n to the c o rre& ig y , i y pp xi i ’ ha lf- pa ft 4 o c lo c k in the a fterno o n ; la titu de o fthe pla c e c o u ld b e e x pe éted a nd the refo re th spa rtic u la r perio d fro m the rude m e tho d o fc alc u a t ng i ' l i ’ ' a ll - v E vxT h s m hic h wa sthe n ra étifed b the c ed Ira r lgo xrp . T i ti e w p y ” k ftri l fe I m Vide stea . 1 26. e t ft a k n c o m enc ed a t m en. o y , y p g, No rth p , p ’ - I1 . n n f l P . a d e ded h 3 o c o c k, , at al pa ft Icelandic Sagas. 35

t t wa f ho u fe c a T rker had got en a hort y rom the , then me y ff law a n qr . d was o towards them , j y y eceived Lei oon

- fn T rke r that his fo fter father was not in his right e fes. y f u nftea d wasf had a high orehead and y eyes , reckled in the f fm a ll a nd fta tu re a ll ace , mean in , but excellent in kinds o f f f : fo artifice . Then aid Lei to him Why wert thou ” fo fterer fe a ra ted f ? late, my , and p rom the party He now fo ke firft fo r m n p , a long time in Ger a , and rolled his eyes ff fidesa nd tt about to di erent , twi ed his mouth ; but they u nde r a nd f f fo ke did not fi what he aid . A ter a time he p ” “ No rfk f o ff ff e . I have not been much urther , but ill hav ” fo m thin o f f vin r I e g new to tell ; I ound es and g apes. “ f r r f o fte e ? . But is that true, my quoth Lei Surely is it “ fo r r true , replied he I was b ed up in a land where there ” fe Ith r r fle t fo r is no want o e vines or g apes . They p now ff fa ilo rs: the night, but in the morning Lei aid to his We fet will now about two things, in that the one day we gather r n f r fO f g apes, and the other day cut vi es and ell t ees, rom thence will be a loading fo r my fhip ; and that was the

c o u nfel t a nd f n - aken , it is aid their lo g boat was filled with r fr fhi a n e . n o d g ap s Now was a cargo cut dow the p , when frin f the p g came they got ready, and ailed away ; and f f Lei gave the land a name a ter its qualities, and called it V N I LAND. f n fea f They ailed now i to the open , and had a air wind h fa w r t until t ey G eenland, and the moun ains below the

' kl r u t and f if jO e s. Then a man p in his word aid to Le : u Why

No n i . h o rthern to n e den c eland Greenlan a nd a rt o f rre u . e t e I d , N , , , p Do nsk tun e n e la n u a e en Br ta in — i — a i th A nt . A m er. . . B ea ( g ), b g g g i . q , p 35 c om m o n to Denm a rk o rwa Swe m i k . , N y, / 36 Icelandic Sagas.

Why do you fteer lo Clo fe to the wind ? Leifa nfwered ftee rin a nd fo m ethin I attend to my g, g more ; and can ye ” no t fee any thing ? They a nfwered that they could not “ r n r n no t f o bfe ve a . f y thing ext aordinary I k ow , aid Lei , “ fhi fee . whether I a p or a rock Now looked they, and fa w f fha r e r f . o a n aid it was a rock But he much p th they, r r that he pe ceived the e were men upon the rock. Now ” “ f f i fo let us , aid Lei , hold our w nd, that we come up to if fho u ld a flifta nc e nec efli t them , they want our ; and the y demands that we fho u ld help them ; a nd ifthey fho u ld not difo fed no t be kindly p , the power is in our hands, and in ” f a n . d theirs Now ailed they under the rock, lowered their f c a ft ails, and anchor, and put out another little boat, which afked T rker they had with them. Then y who their leader him felfTho rer f was . He called , and aid he was a North ” a , ? f f man . But what is ) name aid he . Lei told his name . fo n o f r o fBra tta hlid ? Art thou a E ik the Red , quoth he . if a nfwered fo f f Le that it was. Now will I , aid Lei , “ t a ll fhi o f ake ye on board my p , and as much the goods fi r t i . O e f as the h p can hold They accepted the , and ailed thereupon to Eriksfjo rd with the ca rgo ; and thence to Bra tta hlid fhi f f , where they unloaded the p . A ter that, Lei vi Tho rer if G u drid h in ted and his w e , and t ree other men flo fo r fea m e n to p with him , and got berths the other , as ’ lfewh r f f Tho re r s o wn e e e . well as his , Lei took fi teen men f f f a . rom the rock ; he was , a ter that, c lled Lei the Lucky f r ref f Lei had now earned both iches and peét. The ame ’ ’ winter c a m e fic k nefs Tho re r s a nd a heavy among people , carried o ffas well Tho rer him felfas many o fhis men . a f i a This winter died l o Er k the Red . Now w sthere much ta lk

Icelandic Sagas.

” n fu m m er rv eaftwa rd fhi ext went Tho ald with the p , and h round the land to the northward . Here came a eavy fto rm OE f fo upon them when a ne s, that they were fho re o fff th a nd driven on , and the keel broke rom the ip , th they remained here a long time , and repaired their ip. Then faid Thorvald to his companions : Now will I that f Keelne fs we fix up the keel here upon the ne s, and call it f f f K a la rnefs o . ( j ), and did they A ter that they ailed away ea ftern fho reso f a nd n round the the land , i to the mouths o f f nea reft o f the riths, which lay thereto, and to a point ftre tc hed r land which out, and was cove ed all over with fhi fho ved wood. There they came to with the p , and out a nd v a plank to the land , Thor ald went up the country f : f a ll . with his companions He then aid Here is beauti ul , ” and here would I like to ra ife my dwelling . Then went th fa w f ro m o n they to the ip, and upon the ands within the p fa w tory three elevations , and went thither, and there three fkin m e n boats (canoes), and three under each . Then di vided they their people , and caught them all , except one , who got away with his boat. They killed the other eight, a nd e then went back to the cap , and looked round them , a nd fa w f infide o f f fu o fed ome heights the rith , and pp h f n f f r wfin f t e e . o d o e s that were dwelli gs A ter that, great a w came upon them that they could not keep a ake , and they f a fle th f e . o all ell p Then came a out over them , that they w f h fh u . t e o t : ! all a oke Thus aid Wake thou , Thorvald a ll if referve f a nd and thy companions , thou wilt p li e , return fhi n thou to thy p , with all thy men, and leave the la d with ” u th f fth fri out delay. Then r ed out rom the interior o e th

r l . P o a A D . 1 00 b b y 4. Icelandic Sagas. 39 a n o ffkin innumerable crowd boats , and made towards “ f : them . Thorvald aid then We will put out the battle ” fk ree n f o u rfelves , and de end as well as we can , but fight ” “ a a inf Skrm lin s l little g t them. So did they ; and the g hot fo r f w fff at them a time, but a ter ards ran away, each as a as a fked if he could. Then Thorvald his men they had gotten “ a nfwered n any wounds ; they that no one was wou ded . I ” “ a rm f fo r have gotten a wound under the , aid he , an t o f fhi fhield arrow fled be ween the edge the p and the , in a rm under my ; and here is the arrow, and it will prove a a c o u nfel mort l wound to me . Now I ye , that ye get ready infia ntl fha ll hea r y to depart, but ye me to that cape , where I thought it b eft to dwell ; it may be that a true word fell f m fho u ld fo r rom y mouth , that I dwell there a time ; there fha ll r fet c ro ffesa t f ye bu y me, and up my head and eet, KROSSANESS fo r and call the place , ever in all time to ” n n wa s Chriftia niz ed come . Gree la d then , but Erik the f Chri ia nit Red died be ore ft y was introduced . Now Thor va ld died ; but they did all things according to his di reétio ns w , and then went a ay, and returned to their n compa ions, and told to each other the tidings which they n fo r n e k ew, and dwelt there the wi ter, and gathered grap s 3“ fhi frin and vines to load the p . But in the p g they made ready

asV i fleka fro m m a ttle a nd la u die a u tho rs a nd o thersdedu c n it g , g, b , ; i g r l dr in a llqo n to eki o r a ki fla t a nd ro a d henc e a fro m a a a to m a e fl , fl , b ; f , k y, fhield m a de o f a r s f the r ithered a ea ra nc e . The o rd l ge pla nk o wo o d . i w pp w r h sa fo e n n B ea m n. ara k a to c o u t a e e i/ f j , y , l b giv

kra lin a r. V a r o u sd nit o ns a s h et m o o o f the term fro m S e g efi t e y gy , ‘ i i l ha ve een ve n o f th sterm fo m e the r ha t o ffho utin . , g b i i bi — a u tho rsa ttIi u tin it to the lo w fta tu re . no te a . 1dem . g p 45 , ‘5 f u ho e lf c d A . D 1 00 . o the Efu im a x w a r a o a l e Do ub tlefs . q , l 5 Sm linga r (dim inu tive m en) by Ic e Icelandic Sagas. r f fhi eady to ail to Greenland, and came with their p in Eriksfo rd f no w a . j , and could tell gre t tidings to Lei

R N R N I N THE W R EMEN THO STEI E IKSO DIES ESTE N SETTL T.

M M Tho rftein EANTI E it had happened in Greenland, that ' ’ Eriksfo rd Gu drid Tho rb Orn s in j married , j daughter, who had as f Tho rer Ea ftm a n f e been ormerly married to the , as is be or Tho rfein Erikfo n de fire related . Now t conceived a to go to Vinland after the body o fThorvald his brother ; a nd he d f fhi C f tir ma e ready the ame p , and ho e great and ong men fo r -five the crew, and had with him twenty men , and G u drid f f fo f his wi e . They ailed away oon as they were ffi fth o o e . ready, and came out ght land Theydrove about fea fu m m er n in the the whole , and k ew not where they were ; “ firft o f a ft and when the week winter was p , then landed L fef rd the weft rn fe ttl m ent o e e . they in y j in Greenland , in Tho rftein f fhelte r fo r ought them , and procured lodging fo r all his crew ; but he him felfand his wife were without f f lodging, and they, there ore, remained ome two nights in 88 th Chri ia nit new . the ip. Then was ft y yet in Greenland Now it came to pa fsone day that fome people repaired early o f rt a fk ed in the morning to their tent, and the leader the pa y Tho rfie in a nfwered : who was in the tent. Here are two pe rfo ns

m u c h w re the No r a m o n ft the I c ela nders the c o nfid Au fi a dr. S e g , y ered winter to c o m m e nc e a bo u t the

— — B . 1 . 1 dem . ea m i/h . p 79 3" WhIlft the u a n c a l ndar intro Pro a in A . D . 1 00 . J li e , b bly 5 du c ed a fter Chrittia nit wasin ufe y, Icelandic Sagas.

erfo ns a fks u eftio n ? Tho rftein p , but who the q is my ” “ f h Tho rfte in name, aid the ot er, and I am called the b u finefs Black, but my here is to bid ye both , thou and thy w f ftO ho u fe Tho rftein f i e , to come and p at my . aid that he would talk the matter over with his wife ; but the told him to decide , and he accepted the bidding. Then will af r ho rfesfo r w I come te ye in the morning with , I ant nothing to entertain ye both ; but it is very we a rifo m e at ho u fe fo r f my , we are there but two , I and my wi e, and I f f difierent f r am very moro e ; I have al o a religion rom you s, ” fo r t and yet hold I that the be ter which ye have . Now b e f r m ho rfesa nd came a te them in the orning with , they Tho rftein fhewed went to lodge with the Black, who them r lit Gu dri eve y ho fpita y. d was a grave and dignified h fenfible w woman , and therewit , and knew ell how to n r a carry herfelf among ftra ge s. Early that winter c me ’ fic knefsa m o n fl: Tho rfte in Erikfo n s g men , and there died Tho rftein ffi fo r many o fhis people. had co ns made the ftho fe c a u fed o ut bodies o who died , and them to be taken “ fhi fo r f all to the p , and there laid ; I will , aid he, have

’ rik f r fm m r the bodies taken to E sj o d in the u e . Now it ’ was not long before the fic knefscame alfo into Tho rftein s h ufe f who wa s ti o , and his wi e , called Grimhild , took the ck firft : fhe ftro n b ut ftill nefs was very large , and g as a man , f f af fa f fic knefs i . di e e did the ma er her And oon ter that, the rft in Erikfo n h atta cked Tho e , and they bot lay ill at the a nd ri m f OfTho rftein fa m e time ; G hild , the wi e the Black, But the Tho rftein o f died. when was dead , then went out f lay the body upon . Then aid w Tho rftein ! a h a ay, my He

’ 6 fiVCI Cd 2 4 Icelandic Sagas. fwered fo fho u l h f Tho r in Erikfo n that it d be . T en aid fte “ ” ho u fe- fo r the Strangely now is our mother going on , u theshe rfelf On a nd ttretc hes f p up her elbows, her eet out ” o f f fr th o o es. bed , and eels her At that moment came in the hu fba nd Tho rfte in a nd , and Grimhild then lay down , No w Tho rftein every beam in the room creaked . made a ’ f fo r co fin Grimhild s body, and took it out, and buried it ; wa s f but although he a large and power ul man , it took all ttre n th o f fic knets his g to bring it out the place . Now the Tho rfte in Erikfo n a nd f attacked , he died , which his wi e Gu drid took much to heart. They were then all in the room ; G u drid had taken her feat upon a chair beyond the h Tho rfte in t a bench , upon whic , her hu band, had l in ; then Tho rftein the hott took G u dri d from the Chair upon his fa t n a ti knees, and dow with her upon nother bench , ju ’ O o fI te Tho rftein f pp sbody. He com orted her in many a nd ro m ifed ways , and cheered her up, p to go with her to ’ E riksfjo rd with her b u tbands body and tho fe o fhis Co m ” a lto fe rva nts panions ; and I will , added he , bring many ” f m uf to com ort and a e thee . She thanked him . Then Tho rftein B rikfo n fa t him felf f up on the bench , and aid “ G u drid P f the Where is Three times aid he that, but a nfw re d f the Tho rftein tt : e not. Then aid to the ho Shall a ntwe r u eftio ns P c o u nfelled I his q , or not He her not to a nfw r f Tho rfte in tt a c ro fs e . A ter this went the ho the a nd fa t him felf G u drid fa t floor, on a chair, but upon his ” f : Na m efa ke P After knees, and he aid What wilt thou , “ a little he a nfwe red : I with much f the ortune , in order that may be the

HIisfreyj u . Icelandic Sagas.

fo r tt - my death , I have now come to a good re ing place ; Gu drid t but this can I tell thee , , that hou wilt be married fha ll a nd to an Icelander, and ye live long together, have o fte rit rf dittin u ithed a nd a numerous p y, powe ul , g , excellent, tweet and well favo re d ; ye fha ll remove from Gre enland to w f fha ll Nor ay, and rom thence to Iceland ; there ye live th long, and thou alt outlive him . Then wilt thou go a nd abroad , and travel to Rome , come back again to ho u fe C Iceland, to thy ; and then will a hurch be built, and reti de a i thou wilt there, and become nun , and there w lt f t Tho rftein thou And when he had aid the e words , f c o r fe fe t ell back , and his p was in order, and taken to the th Tho rftein tt a ll r m ife ip . Now the ho kept well the p o s “l which he had made to G u drid ; in fp ring he to ld his f him felf th arm , and his cattle , and betook to the ip, with

' Gu drid o fle ffed th , and all that he p ; he made ready the ip, f f and procured men there or, and then ailed to Eriks f t C u ri he . G d jord . The bodies were now buried by hurch d repaired to Leifin Bra tta hlid ; but Tho rftein the Black made him felfa n Eriksfo rd to n dwelli g at j , and dwelt there lo g as d he lived, and was looke upon as a very able man . Vinland

4° This ro b etie a nno u nc em ent o f S a a p g , Tho rtl e in Eri fo n ish h c ha ra fter 6 ig ly 3 5 . ittic o fthe fu e rttitio n o f the t m es ThIS interetti n a bfira ét firtt a ea red i n p i , g pp ” a nd a ltho u h e rta n n to the m a r Illu ftra tio nso f o rthern A nti u ties , g p i i g N qi , vello ns isno t the le tsc o rro o a t ve to Ed nb u r h 1 8 1 a o r o fhi h , b r i 4 , i g , 4, w k a u e a nd rea t ro m ife b u t h c h 1 e v l g p , w i wa nt o f u blic fuppo rt c o m pelled the diftin u i‘ped c o m ilersa nd a nt u ar es g iqi , a iefo n a nd W er in J m e , to difc o nt u e . efe m a r ts

. ‘1 m le v ua . D 1 ay be 5 o y A . 006 defic ient 11i a uth Icelandic Sagas.

N N TH E I S V R VI LA D GOOD DISCO E ED.

F rom the H einr hrin la or i i to r o the N orw e ia n K in sa c c o rdin h / g , i/ y f g g , g to t e

- 2d Vellu m Co de: o the A rna M a na a n Co llellio n N o F lio . f g , . 45, o

“ T HE f was fthe to n o f ame winter Lei , Erik the Red, f r Chrit i i t a n t . with King Ola , in good repute , and emb aced y t Giffu r ff But the ummer that went to Iceland, King Ola ent if Chrittia nit Le to Greenland, in order to make known y f f t f there ; he ailed the ame ummer to Greenland. He ound , fea to m e a nd in the , people on a wreck, helped them ; the f difc o ve red ame time he Vinland the Good, and came in

a rvett . riett a nd h to Greenland He had with him a p , other Bra tta hlid f C . lerks, and went to dwell at with Erik , his ather a f f Men called him terwards Lei the Lucky ; but Erik, his f f t a aintt ather, aid that the e two things went one g the other, ina fm uc h f had fa ved the o f th as Lei crew the ip , but ri f e ts. brought evil men to Greenland ; namely, the p

R I Z R A LEIF CH IST ANI ES G EENL ND.

o Ola Tr na n Cha . 2 1 2d Vellu m Co de: o A rn F ro m the H iflo ry f f ygg fi , p 3 , f a

a na a n C llellion N o . 61 F o lio . M g o , , 54, 53,

THE f frin f f f ame p g ent King Ola , as is be ore related, H lt n tent n a lt Giffu r and je e to Icela d. Then the ki g o Leif Erikfo n to Greenland to make known Chrittia nity r the e.

‘2 ' — ‘ iflu r u n r viz . A . D . 1 0 V in s tha h fnt G c o t 00. ide La The fa m e yea r t e e y , , g

a nd H a te to I c e a nd whe n Chriftian H ezn hn n la o ndo n 1 8 V o l . i l , g/ g , L , 44,

t 6 s a n no t . it d w into h . al o tea e y wasintro duc e by la t a p 4 5 , 3

46 Icelandic Sagas.

H m a a nd rid erda o fK a rva l i o f t y , F g , daughter j , k ng the Iri h . T ho rd the to n o f B a rni B rdufm o r to n o f a l was j y j , Thorv d to n o fAtleik to n o f B a rni a rnfid to n o f Ryg, , j j , Ragnar L r k to n S no rri o db o . They had a called ; he married ’ R II a o fTho rd e t fo n wa Thorhild j p , daughter G llar ; heir s ’ T ho rd He t hOfdi Tho rd to n wa a T R N t . s sn med HO FIN ’ KA RLSEF NE T ho rfinn s w a Tho ru m ; mother a sc lled . Thor finn a took to trading voy ges, and was thought an able t a t Ka rlfefne e man and merchant. One ummer fitted out f t u r o ed n . S no rri his hip, and p p a voyage to Greenla d Tho rb ra ndfo n o fAl ta fo rd h r , p j , went with him , and t e e were f th r m a n B a rni orty men in the ip. The e was a called j f Grimol son ,

Th na r o fhi x h m i a lls r fu tia ll ro ya l blo o d . e ra tive se t e a n f a e b fta n y the lo itsista ken fro m two a nc ie nt Ic e fa m e in bo th a nd the c irc u m tta nc e o f d c M no t r vio ufl no n a o fE r ha n n r a n i S S . p e y k w to the S ga ik vi g be e w i tten the litera ti a nd o ne o f h c h the re is in G re e n a nd h e tha t o fKa rlfe fne , w i , l , w il e e r rea to u to e e e isa e nu ne wa s r tte n in I c e a nd isfufiic ie nt to v y b li v , g i w i l , a u to ra h o f the c e e ra ted H a nk a c c o u nt fo r th fe va r a t ns The fa m g p l b e i io . e E rle ndfo n who was a m a n o r c h ef c irc um fl a nc e a lto rendersthe fo rm er , l g , i , , o erno r o fI c e a nd in 1 2 a nd o ne the b elt a u tho r t in a ll m a tterso fde g v , l 95, i y o fthe c o m erso fthe La ndndm a b dk : ta c o nneéted th G reen a nd h e pil il wi l , w il he wa sa lfo a defc e nda nt o fKa rlfe fne the o the r m u tt be c o nfid ered m o re c o r in the n nth ene r n h r r r f i c u rr t i g a tio . T isve y e reét e peét ng o c enc esrela ing to m a rka ble Sa ga fo rm spa rt o fthe Arnae I c e la nd . Thefe diffe re nc esa re po i nted Ma nz a n Co lleétio n a nd eti destho rt o u t in the no tes a nd here a n m no r g , b ; w y i no ti c eso fthe difc o ve rieso fthe ea r po intso finte re ttin de ta il c o nneét ed er vo a e rs h c h a re m o re fu th the o a e o f rlfe fne a ea r in li y g , w i ll wi v y g pp de fc rib ed in the S a a o fE r the Re the Sa o fE r the Red h e the g ik l ik , w il y ’ e sde ta ed a c c o u ntso f o a esto a re a b e nt in Ka rlfe fne sSa a the giv il v y g g , y a nd difc o verie sin A m e r c a c a rr ed o n ha e een fu lied fro m tha t o fE r i , i v b pp ik, g by Ka rlfefne a nd hisc o m pa ni o nsfo r a the i nterpo la tio n b e in po i nted o u t. erio d o fthree ea rsc o m m enc n in To rfz u s m a g ned tha t the Sa p , i g i i 1 00 m fn f h r nn Ka rlffne wa slo ft a nd . o di c r n i d m i fi £2 7 S e ep a c e sa n o o T o e , m e rsa ppe a r in tho fe pa rtso fthe na r o nly kno wle e b e ha d o fitsc o ntents ra tive whi c h trea t o fthe pe rfo na ges wa sde ri ved ro m to m e c o rru t e xtra éts a nd eve ntsrec o rded In the prec eding c o nta i ned in the c o lle ftio n 0 m a teria ls Sa a b u t th a r o n fu h a sto re fo r the hifto r o fa nc e nt Green a nd g ; ey e ly c p y i l , ’ c lu de a ll fu fic io n o f c o nfede ra c o r eft b the I c e a nd c eo m a n B tirn p y l y l i y , j f ra u d o n the a rt o fthe r tersa sa ll o hnfo n o fSka rdfo . p w i , J Grim o lfso n o fBreidafo rd e ho rha ll , j ; another call d T Gam t Ea ftfo rdith t t la on , an j man ; they fit ed out their hip the fam e tummer fo r Greenland : there were alto forty men in h t Ka rlfefne s tea t t e hip . and the other put to with the e f two th i sto r . p , oon as they were eady Nothing is told r tea e about how long they we e at , but it is to be relat d that “ “ k f r both thete th ipscame to Eri sjo d in the autumn . Erik t feve ra l o f rode to the hip together with the inhabitants, fi and they began to deal in a r endly manner. Both the ’ thipscapta ins begged Erik (Leif) to ta ke as much o fthe d wiflI ed ri f ti fl'l OWCd goo s as he ; but E k (Lei ), on his de , ho fita lit w o f t t thi s them p y, and bade the cre s he e two p

fo r t Bra ttahlid . home , the winter, to his own hou e at This

the merchants accepted , and thanked him . Then were their goods removed to Bra tta hlid ; there was no want o f

-ho u te s t o f large out to keep the goods in , neither plen y

' every thing that was required : wherefore they were well fa fi f tised in the winter. But towards Yule Erik (Lei ) began file nt t f u te d . to be , and was le s cheer ul than he to be One time turned Ka rlfefne towards Erik (Leif) and faid : Hatt u to rro w fi ? fee tho any , Erik, my r end people think to that thou art lets Cheerful than thou wert wont to be thou hatt entertained

A . D . 1 006. ee n r tten in Green a nd a nd tha t o f b w i l , h s is e v dent a m ifno m er Tho rfinn Ka rlfefne in I c e a nd h c h T i i ly l , w i thro u ho u t the Sa a a nd fho uld be w a c c o u nt fo r th sa nd o ther d fere g g , ill i i

eif who wa sno w I n o ffeflio n o fthe a neles e t een the two na rra t es. L , p p b w iv r a s a th r E ri h v n ea m a te na ett te hi f e a B h . p l , k i g if d ed a sfi a ted in the fo rm er na rra ThIsdo esno t teem to u sto a c c o u nt i , ’ ti h r r n fro f wa s n s e t e nte afte e fsre tu r m o r th se rro r. ha t it a e rro r i v , wi L i i T n a nd n n l fiv u The m a nner in h c h the V i l a d c o nfequ e t y e o bvi o s. w i ea rspre vio u sto the eve ntsrec o rded Sa ga sc a m e into wri tten fo rm fu rnith a m sin rr yere . The S a o fE r the R ed it nu b erle fs a h c h e o rsm ht g k , w y w g ’ i — i i m utt be re o ll é a r h e c ree in . Vide I ntr u io n c e ted, ppea sto a v p o d ét . 48 Icelandic Sagas.

rea tett t lendo r w a entertained us with the g p , and e re bo u nd to return it to thee with tuch fervic esaswe can c o m fa e ? fa nfw r mand ; y now, what troubles th e Erik (Lei ) e ed a re f f e f Ye riendly and thank ul , and I hav no ear ascon inte rc o u rfe e f o f n cerns our , that y will eel the want attentio ; fa ltewh r but, on the other hand , I e r that when ye come e e e it will be faid that ye have never patted a worte Yule than that which now approaches, when Erik the Red enterta ined ” Bra tta hlid e . t to ye at , in Gr enland It hall not be , Yeo m a n ! faid Ka rlfefne we have in our thip both m alt a nd defireft r f m corn ; take as much as thou the eo , and ake ready a fea tt as grand asthou wilt ! This Erik (Leif) accepted ; and now preparation was m ade fo r the fea tt o f fea tt to r Yule , and this was g and that people thought they tee n had hardly ever the like pomp in a poor land . And f Ka rlfefne difc lo ted f th a ter Yule , to Erik (Lei ) that he wi ed G u drid fo r t a sif tt to marry , it eemed to him he mu have a nfwe red f the power in this matter. Erik avorably, and fa th e tt f f id that mu ollow her ate , and that he had heard nothing but good o fhim ; and it ended to that Tho rfinn married Thurid (Gu drid) ; and then was the fea tt extended and their m arriage wa scelebrated ; and this happened at Bra tta hlid , in the winter.

TH V E E VINLAND OYAG .

IN Bratta hlid began people to talk much about, that fho u ld f Vinland the Good be explored, and it was aid that a voyage thither would be particularly profitable by reatou o fthe fertility o fthe land ; and it went to fa r that Ka rlfefne and Icelandic Sagas. 49 and S no rri made ready their thip to explore the land in the frin t f - p g. With them went al o the be ore named men called t r their hip. The e was a man called Tho rva rd re dis a o f y , a natur l daughter Erik t to n o f the Red ; he went al o with them , and Thorvald the "7 Tho rha ll he Erik , and who was called the hunter ; I/ had ferved hu ntfm a n fu m long been with Erik, and him as in ttewa rd he ttro n mer, and in winter ; was a large man , and g,

fi a d f - t e ec h black, and like a giant, lent n oul mouthed in his p , and always egged on Erik to the wo rtt : he wa sa bad Chrittia n : he was well acquainted with uninha bited parts : t Tho rva rd T v he was in the hip with and hor ald . They had the thip which Tho rbjOrn had brought out [from Ice ‘3 fixt land]. They had in all one hundred and y men when fa iled tt fettlem e nt f they to the we ern , and rom thence to B nn t f ja e y. Then ailed they two days to the outh ; then ta w OE they land , and put boats, and explored the land , f tto nes o f and ound there great flat , many which were twelve ells

“ ‘7 H ere isa ga i n evidentl to m e c o n Litera lly 40 m en a nd a b un ’ ” fufio n o fna m esa sTho d E rikfo n s dred 0 m a nna o h hu ndra d b u t , [4 ], dea th ha sbeen previo u tl rela ted in the grea t o r lo ng hu ndred m u tt b e the Sa a o fEr the R a nd Ka rl u nderfto o d c o a ttin o f 1 2 dec a des g ik , g , i h s do o r 1 20. . 1 no t 6 fefne wa sno w m a rr ed to e . i wi w p 37, G u drid : it teem s ro a e tha t to m e hu sTe ne r defc ribin the dr n in p b bl T g , g i k g o ther Tho rva ld a c c o m pa ni ed Karlfefne ha ll o fFrithio f — o n th s o a e . S ee A nti . A m er. i v y g q , “ P ra a tio . xiv . f , p Ei en hundrade m i n [til tio tolfter pi hun dft I n the prec eding feétio n it istta ted a i F llde den r m li a fal nfir de tan la b att tha t Tho rfinn m a m ed Thu rid the wa s y y g , dam o m Julen. fo m eti m esa lto c a ed Gu drid . Pro feffo r F a ra t Sa a 111 . t s ll . . / g , p Ra fn thinksit pro ba ble tha t the was c a ed b the fo rm er in Ch dho o d No t five hu ndred m en (tho ugh ten twel ve: ll y il , o u c o u nt to the hu ndred ) whi c h wasa pa ga n na m e de rived fro m y fill t wide ba ll wh Co uld tha , en they ga there d the o d ho r b u t a fterwa rd fo r rel g T , ig to banqu et a t Yule. o u srea fo nsGudrid wa sa do pted I n i — Vid B m i . itspla c e . e ea fh Icelandic Sagas.

rea tett fle ndo r entertained us with the g p , and we are bound to return it to thee with tuch fervic esas we can com fa ? fa nfwered mand ; y now, what troubles thee Erik (Lei ) a re f f f as Ye riendly and thank ul , and I have no ear con interc o u rfe e f o f cerns our , that y will eel the want attention ; f elfewhere but, on the other hand , I ear that when ye come it will be faid that ye have never patted a worte Yule than a that which now approaches , when Erik the Red entert ined ” Bra a hli fha ll t tt d . o ye at , in Greenland It not be , Yeo m a n ! faid Ka rlfefne we have in our thip both malt and defirett f a corn ; take as much as thou thereo , and m ke ready a fea tt as grand as thou wilt ! This Erik (Leif) accepted ; and now preparation was made fo r the fea tt o f fea tt to r Yule , and this was g and that people thought they had hardly ever teen the like pomp in a poor land . And f Ka rlfefne ditc lo ted f t a ter Yule , to Erik (Lei ) that he wi hed G u drid fo r t if tt to marry , it eemed to him as he mu have a nfwe red f the power in this matter. Erik avorably, and f the tt f f aid that mu ollow her ate , and that he had heard nothing but good o fhim ; and it ended to that Tho rfinn married Thurid (G u drid) ; and then was the fea tt extended and their m arriage was celebrated ; and this happened at Bra t hli ta d . , in the winter

E V TH VINLAND OYAGE .

IN Bra tta hli m d began people to talk uch about, that fho u ld wasf Vinland the Good be explored , and it aid that a voyage thither would be particularly profita ble by reatou o fthe fertility o fthe land ; and it went Icela ndic Sagas. 49 and S no rri made ready their thip to explore the land in the frin to f - m e n p g. With them went al the be ore named called t r all , with their hip. The e was a man called Tho rva rd re dis a o f y , a natur l daughter Erik t t to n o f the Red ; he went al o with hem , and Thorvald the “ a nd Tho rha ll he Erik , who was called the hunter ; I/ had ferved a shu ntfm a n fu m long been with Erik, and him in ttewa rd he e ttro n mer, and in winter ; was a larg man , and g,

i file nt a d f - t eec h black, and like a gant, n oul mouthed in his p , and always egged on Erik to the wo rtt : he wa sa bad Chrittia n : he was well acquainted with u ninha bi-ted parts : I ’ I t ThOrva rd a nd Th rv l he was in the hip with o a d. They had the thip which Tho rbjOrn had brought out [from Ice "8 fixt land]. They had in all one hundred and y men when f e tt fettlem ent f they ail d to the we ern , and rom thence to B a nn f f j ey. Then ailed they two days to the outh ; then ta w OE they land , and put boats , and explored the land , f tto nes o f and ound there great flat , many which were twelve ells

“ ‘7 H ere isa ga in evidentl to m e c o n Litera lly 40 m en a nd a b u n ’ ” o fna m esasTho d E rikfo n s dred 0 m a nna o h hu ndra d b u t fufio n , [4 ], dea th ha sbeen previo utl re la ted in the grea t o r lo ng hu ndre d m u tt b e the Sa a o fEr the Re a nd Ka rl u ndertto o d c o nfittin o f 1 2 dec a des g ik l , g , is o r 2 d w o 1 . n fn wasno w m a rried to h 0 . 1 o te 6 te e . wi p 37, Gudrid : it teem s ro a e tha t to m e hu s e ne r defc ribin the dr n i n p b bl T T g , g i k g o ther Tho rva ld a c c o m pa ni ed Karlfefne ha ll o fFrithio f

o n th svo a e. See A nti . A m er . i y g q ,

ra a tio . xiv . P f , p Ei en hundra de m i n [til tio tolfter pi hun dft I n the rec eding feétio n it istta ted ‘ i F llde den r m li a fal ni t de fam la b att tha t Tho nn m a m ed Thu rid : the was y y g , " ' drieka o m Julen. fo m etim esa to c a l ed Gu drid . Pro feflo r ' s F rh hio Sa a . 1 l l f g p 8. Ra fn thi nksit pro ba ble tha t the wa s c a lled b the fo rm er in c h ldho o d No t five hu ndred m en (tho u h ten twelve: y i , g nt to th hu ndred whi c h wasa pa ga n na m e derived fro m yo u oo u e ) ul fill t wi l wh Co d tha de ba l , en they the o d ho r b u t a fterwa rd fo r rel g T , — to n u t Yul Bea m 7r. ig ba qe at e. i/ io usrea fo nsGu drid wa sado pted I n 0 5 Icelandic Sagas.

a : f re . d na ells bro d oxes were the They gave the lan a me , ” a HELLULAND t e and c lled it . Then ail d they two days ,

d f fu f -c tt f d and turne rom the o th to the outh a , and oun a d r a nd bea tts : lan cove ed with wood, many wild upon it an itla nd lay there out from the land to the fouth-ea tt ; there e d l f w r killed they a b ar, and calle the p ace a ter a ds Bear ” fl M R f fr i a nd . a , but the land A KLAND Thence ailed they to to u thwa rd m nets the along the land , and ca e to a ; the land fra n lay upon the right ; there were long and tandy t ds. a nd f r netsthe They rowed to land, ound the e upon the "l o f th K a la rnefs keel a ip , and called the place j , and the ttra nds u rduttra ndsfo r fa il they called F , it was long to by them . Then became the land indented with coves ; they i l fT r vato n ra n the flI p into a cove . King O a ygg had given ftwo m a n Lei Scotch people, a called Haki , and a woman Hek a r t t bea tts t called j ; they we e wi ter than . The e people were in the thip with Ka rlfefne ; b u t when they had fa iled Pa fi

The who le o fthe no rthern c o a tt c o ntra éted fro m Bj a rnarey ; b u t the f Am er c a eft o f Gre n a nd wa s c o m m o n ro nun a t o n o fthe la tter is o , w e , p c i l i i — c al ed the a nc ent I c e a nd c eo ra B a dne o r B a nne . A nti . A m en g g j y j y q , l b i l i — d . hers ellu la n it M ihla o r Grea t . 1 8 no te c B ea m i h . , p 3 , / llu la nd a nd Ifla nd f w I n th vifI t o fTho rva l he to e ; the o Ne e d, t n fo u ndla nd fI m I H ellula nd o r Li l la o fEri the R ed to V nla nd in 1 002 p y , k , i , , f f l l e . ll i fo ur a rs o re th s r e n vo H e lu a nd . B a m h H e u la nd ta. e e e t a e if , y b i p y g , diéta m a u t o b in entes a no s ui ib i the eel o fhisth ha d een ro ke n pl , k ip b b h l n hell h l tswh r h r m n o m tu nt a des e a e . u e OE o n a ne e e e e a e d t e , l pi [ , g , p , i lu r a u t ea ra t o ne u o d terrae l ns t m e to re a r it . Wa sno t the eel ], i , q il i i p i k n u e er fo u nd Karlffn th fa m e h c h ha d lito ra pla na fue ri t et d ra . R p i by e e e w i m u sa pu d a ntiquo sduaste rra sho c no bee n bro ke n o ffin the vo ya e o fTho r m ne infi nita s u a ru m una a ella ta vald ? Do esno t the a c c e nt to the i g , q p i ett H ell u la nd hit m ihla Hel u la ndia eel a nd the re a rsu o n it a t th s , k , i p i Ma o r a te ra Litla H ellu la nd H e u a c e fu rnith tu c e nt rea fo n fo r na m j , , p , l — ll l i . . in i K a l rn fsP nd ed it ha d ee n la nd a M no r. A nti A m er . 1 t a e I e i i , p 4 9 g j b — Vide V i a V . to n d in th v o u a e. . a m e re s o de T b X I l m . e p v y g “ i

B a nne fro m B a ea r e n. a ntea . 8 . j ’m , b , g , p 3 b arnar a n e itla nd : h nc e B a rne j , y , e j y

Icelandic Sagas.

u fk t and looked p in the y, and gaped both with no e and fo m ethin a fked mouth , and murmured g ; they him why he had gone there ; he faid it wasno b u finefso ftheirs ; they to a f bade him come home with them, and he did . Soon ter came there a whale, and they went thither, and cut it up, and no one knew what fort Of whale it was; and when dre tfed a nd the cook it, then ate they, all became ill in “ “ “ n e n f Th rha ll : - c o nfequ e c . The aid o The red bearded was more helpful than your Chritt ; this have I got now fo r t f o f ro teéto r teldo m my ver es that I ung Thor, my p ; has he ” t m t de erted e . t But when they came to know this, they ca the

f1 2 h rs Thro u ho u t th sa nd the vifitin the m o re fo u thern la titu desin o o u . g i g re c edin r isc o a dered nter a nd retu rn n no rthwa rdsin the wi , i g the e ito r to m ea n t e a rt c a da rin in a fte r t m esho e er the y ifi i l y, g ; i , w v , y h nc 2 da r fpifa r a r fro m e a nd da r the na tu ra l da e e ea ed to e the th c o a tts y, g pp l ” “ a n I m isren ered a da y a nd night [Da n. d n the pre ent da y the nu ber o f ” “ n n t m wha si r h sm u e D a 0 e Na t La t . no c e e n no thern la titudes a c h g g , l — “ i d da r hr e alf dim nith I d m . a n t h . e 3 g , e ed ” “ u ra da s 6 ho urs n tr r f d n a nd na t Da . e ho the eldest to n o O l y (3 ) [ T , i ” “ ha e Do n La t . tr a n c hthe m e r a the ttro n ett o fthe Ater a nd lv g , i y F igg , g , ” riu m B u t in a fubte u e nt na rra ne t to Od n in ra n x i k .

Ar o Ma r o F Anti . “ tive e , q i i ilii There fi tso n go lden thro ne

m r. 2 1 1 we find V I . da r A e , p . ) Alo ft the o d o fwar g g , “ i h D nith n Save OdIn ldsto no ne rendered, n t e a verti o , 6 , e ” ’ ” “ Mon tt o ds reet Ater Tho r. o u a nd in the a t n fex d g g g , D , , L , e g i i ’ ” s Oehlen c hld er P ott sTra n l a tio n . ru m thu sa l in the o rd da t / g , g / , pp y w na tu r l g2 h u rs inn intro du étio n o fChrittia nit e the al l 4 o . The y b Ma nufen a lto ex re mttl fta testha t I n b u t rec e nt in I c e a nd m a n o fthe g , , p g l , y the art c a l da wa s ed da r a nd o rthm en ttill el e ed in ho r o r em ifi i y g , b i v T , , r — n w r io n th a r the na tura l da y da g . See M ém . de bra c i g the ne elig wi a w ve s n i d d f t a ed to he Afer o dsin la S o c . R o . de A t . u N o r 1 8 6 in a h t y q , 3 , i , p li g “ s a m so fdi c u lt . The rem a n o f 1 8 B e h . c a e 37, p if y i Thiswha le wa sp ro ba bl a tpe the wo rthip o fTho r li ngered lo nger c eso fthe B a la na h a liso f innae us in the o rth tha n tho fe o fa n o fthe i fi yf , N y t i ’s wh c h wa sno t ed b e a nd e n ra re o ther Sc a nd na a n de es. I n a l i i l , , b i g ly i vi i i N tee n I n the Greenla nd a nd I c e a nd tea s Sa a a fem a le tka ld fa sto a Chr f l , g , y i su n n m n o n no no tha ho r ha s wa o n to the o rth en. A t a Do t t k w N i , k w T ki nd o fwha le c a lled B a la na nag/lic e c ha llenge yo u r Chritt to ti ngle c o m ’ tu sism ent o ned b E e n a sha vin b a t a nd tha t he daresno t ht him P i y b li g, , fig ’ een fo rm er fo u n h S ndina v ia n M ho lo y d o n t e c o a ttso P ig o tt s c a y t gy , b l ' n f — d Itl M etts re . 1 de Rho e a d a nd afia hu 0 1 . 1 m c , p . Icelandic Sagas. 5 3

tea refi ned c a fe the whole whale into the , and g their to o tli ble God. Then the weather improved , and it was p to row out fithing ; and they were not then in wa nt Ofpro vifio nsfo r eat fith in , wild b tswere caught on the land, and t a l ifla nd e c o l eéted . the , and eggs on the

OF KARLSEF NE AND THORHALL.

S O is faid that Tb o rb a ll would go to the northward along u rduttra nds Ka rlfefne F , to explore Vinland , but would go to u thwa rds tt Tho rha ll r d c o a . along the got ea y, out under ifla nd t the , and there were no more toge her than nine men ; a rlfefne but all the others went with K . Now when Thor w t t b e hall bore ater to his hip, and drank, then ung this tong Peo ple to ld m e when I c a m e i r w H the , all o uld be to fine ; The o o d V inl no wn f g a nd , k to am e, i in f i R c h ru ts, a nd Cho ioett wine No w the wa ter p ail they tend To the fu nta in I m t n o u t be d, No r fro m o u t thisla nd divine

' fl r Have I qu a ed o ne d o p o fwine.

A nd n re r ho itted ta n whe they we eady , and il , the chaunted Tho rha ll

Let o u r trufty ba nd Ha tte to Fa therla nd

Let o ur vettel bra ve

Plo u h the a n r wave g g y , While tho fe few who lo ve V inland here m a ro ve , y , Icelandic Sagas.

i l il Or, with d e to , h le m a o il Fetid w a s y b ,

Here o n F erduttra nd, “ F a r fro m Fatherla nd .

f fa iled tt F u rdu ftra ndsa nd A ter that, they northwards pa K a la rnefs c ru ife wettwa rd j , and would to the ; then came a a intt ttro n ft r g them a g we wind, and they were d iven away r m a tla ves to Ireland , and were the e beaten , and de , accord ing to what the m erchants have faid . u Ka rlfefne Now is to be told abo t , that he went to the to u thwa rd c o a tt S no rri B a rni W along the , and and j , ith f their people . They ailed a long time , and until they came r f to a iver, which ran out rom the land, and through a lake, t a r fha llo w e . out into the It was ve y , and one could not Ka rlfefne fa iled w enterthe river without high water. , ith his 6 57 a nd H . people, into the mouth , they called the place p

f felf-fo wn o f They ound there upon the land fields wheat, r the e where the ground was low, but vines there where it

t fo m ewha t m a f o ffith . ro e . Every ftrea there w sull They made holes there where the land commenced, and the t tt n f r r waters ro e highe ; and whe the tide ell , the e we e “ tac red fith T re a n m Of in the holes. here we great u ber all

Om nesb ae ttrO he anti uita tem Thisisfu o fed p q Helgir fifka r. p " e t ge niu m fapiunt fe c uli 1 0 e t to ha ve b een the fpec ieso ffio u ntper o r ta m uo d a tti net ad m eta ho ras ua m fia t fith c a lled b the E n lith ha libu t q p , q , y — c etera m indo lem Ra n A nti . A m er. P leu ro netteshi o lo us inn. H i f , g , ( pp f , p '

. 1 no te a . 0 l u snd a rts a nd wh c h is p 44, qfl a i “ ” I HO i fro m the I c ela ndic wo rd Kc a lled in c ela nd ho l fith hei p , i y ( hb a to rec ede a nd m a fi if here tki a na m e iven a c c o rd n to p , , y ) , g , i g e ther the rec efsfo rm ed e c o nflu P m in c o nfe u enc e o fthe re te nc e i y y, q p enc e o f a river and the tea o r th o f t fith in c o nfidered to deno te , e the e be g m o uth o fthe r ver o r m rel th inl fa n o fthe da n er to e e et te wa ter. S ea i , y p ki g g o fthe tea into whic h the a v fll be a rehend fro m the do -fifh he er a s. pp ed g , “ ’ adds: Certiflim a ett fec urita svidifie Icelandic Sagas. 5 5

f ea o r all kinds o wild b ttsin the w ods. They emained there f a m u ted them felves a hal month , and , and did not perceive any thing [new]: they had their cattle with them . And a u faw a one morning e rly, when they looked ro nd , they re a r fwu n g at many c noes, and poles we e g upon them , and

ttra w-tta c k { w it founded like the wind in a , and the inging “ fu n f Ka rlfefne : waswith the . Then aid What may this ” “ denote ? S no rri Tho rb ra ndfo n a nfwered him : It may th fi n o f to thield be that is is a g peace, let us take a white , to and hold it towards them ; and did they. Upon this the r o n others rowed towa ds them, and lo ked with wonder upo

tho fe w . t that they met, and ent up upon the land The e f had rt people were black , and ill avored, and coa e hair on h the head ; they ad large eyes and broad cheeks. They r fo r a tho fe emained there a time , and g zed upon that they ft rw w to u thwa rd n met, and rowed a e ards a ay to the , rou d t the ne s. Ka rlfefne and his people had made their dwellings above to m e o f ho u fes the r the lake , and the were near water, othe s i a n r fo r r more d tt t. Now we e they there the winter ; the e fno w all fed them felves came no , and their cattle on the “ f w frin fa w m o m gra s. But hen p g approached, they one ing early that a number o fcanoes rowed from the fouth nets to if tea r t w round the ; many, as the we e o en with t fwu n Ka rlffn coal : poles were al o g on each boat. e e and ra t thield a nd his people then i ed up the , when they came t together, they began to barter ; and the e people would rather

s u u f u s lla n Ii i c u i n n a m un i n sa t s. la nos e a t b ante a c re c o t. p p f , q q ’ f[ p i/

lefic z bettiae : ua de c a ufa uri N a t . ix . m a q , Lib u A . D 1 . 009. 5 6 Icelandic Saga s.

rather have red cloth [than any thing elfe]; fo r this they OEe r tk ins fu r a lt had to and real s. They would o pur C t two rds t ea rs Ka rlfefne S no rri ha e and p , but this and f d fu r tkin Skr lin orba e. For an entire the m gstook a piece Of C fa n n a nd red loth , a p lo g, bound it round their heads . Thus went on their tra fli c fo r a time ; then the cloth bega n f th Ka rlfefne to all ort among and his people , and they cut a fu nde r fm a ll r the it into pieces, which we e not wider than Of n ttill Sk rm lin s u ft breadth a fi ger, and the g gave j as ” fo r fr much that as be o e , and more . Ka rlfefne had It happened that a bull , which , ran out from the wood and roared aloud ; this frightened the Skree l t d w ings, and they ru he to their canoes, and ro ed away to to u thwa rd c o a tt : af r the , round the ter that they we e not fr f t o . o een three entire weeks But at the end that time, a ’ great number o fSkrm lingsthipswere teen coming from the fouth like a ru thing torrent ; all the poles were turned f f u n r . rom the , and they all howled ve y loud Then took Karl ’ f r thi ld efne s ed e . people a , and held it towards them The S rae lin s o f thi sa nd a fe n k g jumped out their p , t r this we t intt f a t a a . they g each other, and ought There was harp ’ r fr S Ka rlfefn s tho we o f o krae lin s fl . e weapons, the g had ings people fa w that they raited up on a po le an enormous large ’ fo m ethin thee s o fa c o o r ball , g like a p paunch , and blue l ; this

Th a a o f E ri the Red in elfe . e S g k , vin a n a c c o u nt o fthistra nfa étio n tra fli c gi g , a ddstha t Ka rlfe fne o n the c lo th e n b the , b i g y e ended hit u o n the e ed ent o f in the xp , p xp i i m a ki ng the wo m en ta ke o u t m ilk po r ri d e to the Skrae lin swho asfo o n a s g g , ,

the fa w th snew a rtic le o fc o m m e rc e B ea m h . y i , i/ wo u ld b uy the po rridge a nd no thing Icelandic Sagas. 5 7

’ twu n f Ka rlfefne sm e n this g they rom the pole over , upon “1 m f fl c ra th f the ground, and it ade a right u as it ell down . nt r Ka rlfefne to This ca ed great ala m to and all his people , o f that they thought nothing but running away, and they f a fo r ell b ck along the river, it appeared to them that the Sk rm lingspre fted upon them from all fides; and they did tto to m e not p until they came to rocks, where they made a ’ u t refit a n e F re di fa w Ka rlffne tto t c . y scame out and that e s f the : people ell back, and cried out Why do ye run , tto u t f t m ifera ble men as ye are , be ore the e wretches, whom I thought ye would knock down like cattle ? a nd ifI had ” Of weapons, methinks I could fight better than any ye . F re di They gave no heed to her words. y swould go with the bec a u fe the wa s n ho w them , but was flower, preg ant ; th f f Sk rae lin ever e ollowed a ter them into the wood . The gs pu rfu ed her ; the found a dead man before her : it was Tho rb ra nd S no rra fo n r tto o d fto ne ftuc k , and the e a flat in fwo rd fide the u his head the lay naked by his ; this took p , f rfelf Sk and prepared to de end he . Then came the rze lings towards her ; the drew out her b rea ttsfrom under her C da thed a a intt fwo rd lothes, and them g the naked ; by this Sk raelin s f OE thi s the g became rightened , and ran to their p , Ka rlffn . e e and rowed away and his people then came up, ’ ra if f K rlff ed e . a e ne sfide and p her courag Two men ell on , ’ Of Skrm lin Ka rlfefne s but a number the s. band was over g matched

The na tu re o fthism iffile do es m a rking itspo fitio n a fter ha vi ng been no t exa étl a ea r b u t it ro ba l ha d thro n . I n the refe nt infta nc e fto nes y pp , p y w p , to m e afli nI ty with the ha rp o o n ‘fled b wo u ld a ppear to ha ve been a dded to fu i u x in ti th n a nd to hi the E m a h s n r . w c t c o t va nc e A nti . A m er q g, q . . i i i , p isa tta c h d a a dder as e l fr e 1 — e o th 2 no te b . B ea m h bl , w l 5 , i/ . pu rpo fe o fdireéting the wea po n a so f 8 Icelandic Sagas.

no w re w matched , and they d home to their dwellings, and bound their wounds ; and they thought over what crowd n refted f that could have bee , which had p upon them rom the fide r fc a rc el land , and it now appea ed to them that it could y f thi s t tt have been real people rom the p , but that the e mu e illufio Skrm lin sf alto have b en optical ns. The g ound a a xe hirri o f dead man , and an lay by ; one them took up axe a nd no w a f h the , and cut wood with it, one ter anot er f u wa s n did the ame , and tho ght it an excellent thi g, and bit w l af fto ne to el ; ter that one took it, and cut at a , that wasOf u fe the axe broke, and then thought they it no , be a u f a c e fto ne . it would not cut , and they threw it aw y Ka rlfefne no w fa w and his people thought they , that ttill although the land had many good qualities, would they be alwa ys expo fed there to the fear o fho ttilitiesfrom the rO fd f r s. O e earlier inhabitant They p p , there ore, to depa t, f t and return to their own country. They ailed nor hwards c o a ft f Skrm lin s tkins along the , and ound five g clothed in , flee in tea ve ttel p g near the . They had with them scontain ’ i Ka rlffn ing animal marrow m xed with blood . e e speople thought they u ndertto o d that thete men had been ba niflI ed : f from the land they killed them . A ter that came they to t bea tts r e ne t a ne s, and many wild we e ther ; and the swa s f m bea tts n covered all over with dung, ro the which had lai

. a f there during the night Nowcame theyb ck to Straum jord, and there was abundance o fevery thing that they wanted t ’ f . a B a rni Gu drid to have It is ome men s y, that j and d r remained behin , and a hund ed men with them , and did not go further ; but that Ka rlfefne and S no rri went fouth f w wards, and orty men ith them , and were not longer in Hope

Icelandic Sagas.

f f fha ll a ruit ul land have we come , but hardly we enjoy any ” “ f f f Of benefit rom it. Thorvald oon a ter died this wound . Upo n this the uniped ran away to the northward ; Karl fefne f ta w a nd and his people went a ter him , and him now ft ta w then , and the la time they him, he ran out into a thefe bay. Then turned they back, and a man chaunted vertes The peo ple Chafed A Uniped Do wn to the bea c h

Bu t 10 ! he ra n ’ h Stra ight o er t e tea .

Hea r tho u , Tho rfinn !

Off They drew then , and to the northward, and thought they ta w the country Ofthe Unipeds ; they would not then e xpo fe their people any longer. They looked upon the

mountain range that was at Hope , and that which they f t now ound, as all one, and it al o appeared to be equal “ m f d length from Strau jor to both places. The third winter f were they in Straum jord . They now became much divided f t Of fo r by party eeling, and the women were the cau e it, tho fe who were unmarried would injure tho fe that were r t diftu rba n r a o e c e . mar ied , and hence great There was “ ’ r Sno rri Ka rlfefne sto n born the fi st autumn , , and he was three

. dif no s a ntea . The S rri wa bo rn in V n n Co m a re a d A . D. p , p 39 i l ,

n n the two ac c o u ntso fthe 1 00 . ro m him a c c o rdin to a n c repa c i 7 F , g ge e “ dea th 0 Tho rva ld isperha psno m o re a lo gic a l ta ble i ntro du c ed i nto A ntiqu i ” tha n isto b e ex eét ed he n we c o n t a tesAm er c a na P ro fetfo r Ra fn p , w i b , h ta s a re n a f fider the m u ta ti o nsto whic h t e ga li e lly de c ende a la rge nu m b er x o fed fo r the were redu c ed o fdittin u Ithed S c a nd na s m n were e p be e y g i via n . A o g the m we no te th f to wri ti ng. e o llo wi ng : S II OIT I

A . D . 1 00 1 01 0. Stu rleto n the c elebra ted hitto ria n 9, , , b . 1 1 78 ; Icelandic Sagas. 6 1

l fa iled three years O d when they went away. When they f n f i rom Vi land , they had a outh w nd, and came then to f Skrae lin s wa s Markland, and ound there five g , and one two f bearded ; were emales , and two boys ; they took the etc a e d a nd Skrae lin st boys, but the others p , the g ank down t in the ground . The e two boys took they with them ; they

taught them the language , and they were baptized . They V h ll i e a t e d f Uvae . called their mother , and their ather g f Sk rae lin sa nd They aid that two kings ruled over the g , o f A va llda nia that one them was called , but the other V a ll idid f ho u fe d a . They aid that no swere there ; people

lay in caves or in holes . They faid there was a land on the tIde u ft O o tI te n other , j pp their cou try, where people lived who C a nd f wore white lothes, carried poles be ore them , and t ftt n tho u ted to the e were a e ed flags, and they loud ; and ’ e W -MAN s- OR R p ople think that this was HITE LAND, G EAT “ I RELAND. Bja rni Grim o lfso n was driven with his thip into the Irith ” -tea ttra i htwa ocean , and they came into a worm , and g y th fi nk began the ip to under them . They had a boat which

tm ea red t Oil fo r tea - was with eal , the worms do not attack that :

1 1 8 Bertel Tho rva ldfo n the em nent c o ntta nt O o fitio n o fthe ndsa nd 7 ; , i pp wi fc u l o r . 1 0 nn Ma nu fn u s nd h n o n h t e . c rre nt a b t e c o d t o ft e p , b 77 Fi g , b , y i i 1 8 1 B r en Tho rla c iu s ro feffo r in th s h c h ere e rc ed o n a ll arts 7 ; i g , p ipp , w i w pi p

Co e nha e n . 1 G r m Tho rk lin th e l e teredo o r o rm . p g , b 77 5 , i , y , w “ r fffr in o nha e n m a n zo lu m bu 2 o e o C e a nd s . 8 . Co nt nu n a o n p p g , y , p 7 i i g l g o thersea r er in the ne . the c o a tt ea ftwa rd he wa sOblI ed to li li , g “7 O H vitra m a nna la nd eda I rla nd ed a ba ndo n o ne Ofthe c a ra ve lsIn the b a r m kla . b o r o fP u e rto Be o e n to e rc ed y ll , b i g pi Ma dkf16 P ro ba bly wa te rs in by the teredo tha t it wa sim po ffible to ” ftt d th th Ter do na lis fro h a fl a — 1b e e e e va m k ee er o t. . 0 . The wi , p , 3 3 wh c h the thi sOfCo u m u srec e ed Tc redo na va lisa nd its eftruétive ef i p l b iv , fu c h n u r in a m r fo u h rn u s m a tiiil o e t e a ti t de . feét b e te en o n the fo u th i j y l , The fea m en ere difhea rtened b the c o a tt o f rela nd — B e m w y a i/h . Icelandic Sagas.

: fa w that they went into the boat, and then that it could not hold them all ; then fa id Bja rni : Since the boa t c a n r fOf not give room to mo e than the hal our men , it is my c o u nfel that lots fho u ld be drawn fo r tho fe to go in the ” fo r fha ll a r n boat, it not be ccording to a k. This thought

to - Off no fe a k they all high minded an er, that one would p a a intt to r r g it ; they then did that lots we e d awn , and it f B a rni a nd f Of ell upon j to go in the boat, the hal the fr h r fo r o t e . men with him, boat had not oom more But had f when they gotten into the boat, then aid an Icelandic t had B a rni fo man , who was in the hip, and come with j r m : tt B a rni te a ra te f Iceland Do thou intend, j , to p rom me ” ? B a rni a nfwe re : f here j d So it turns out. Then aid : diEerent ro m ite f the other Very was thy p to my ather, n fr n when I we t with thee om Icela d, than thus to abandon ’ ” fo r ta id tt h fho u ld t t r fa m f a e . me , thou t at we bo h h e the ate “ Bja rni replied : It fha ll not be thus ; go thou down into o th finc e fee the b at, and I will go up into the ip, I that thou ” to defiro us B a rni th art to live . Then went j up into the ip, m a n the o a nd af h but this down into b at, ter t at continued “ r they their voyage, until they came to Dublin in I eland , ’ and told there thete things; but it is mott people s belief

B a rni r lo ft -tea that j and his companions we e in the worm , fr wa s r o f ti o nothing hea d them nce that time . Po tte rity

At t s erio d the o rthm en were o fDu in — h S ee M oo re V o l. I I . . i p N bl , p ttill nu m r sin the t a - o rt to nso f 1 0 — e o u B a m . e p w 5 . e i/h I rela n i i h Da n in Kin d, S tr c t e e be g g Icelandic Sagas.

L E T RI D HIS W POSTERITY OF KAR S FNE AND H U IFE .

TH E t m w Ka rlfefne next u mer ent to Iceland, and itn Gudrid Re n ets. with him , and he went home to y His m m mother thought that he had ade a bad atch, and there ri r fore wa sGu d d not at home the fi ft winter. But when the o bfe rved Gudrid wa s dittin u ithed that a g woman , went the m r da u h ho e, and they agreed ve y well together. The g o fSno rri Ka rlfefne tto n Ha llfrid Bitho ter was , mother to p T rl k u n lfso n to n al ho a R o . They had a who was c led Tho r rn al Tho ru nn t , his daughter was c led , mother to Bith B Orn to n OfS no rri Ka rlfefnetfo n o p j . The was called Tho r eir f Y n vild Of Bitho g , ather to g , mother p Brand the fi fSno rri Ka rlfefnetto n wa s t rtt. o A daughter al o Steinum, m to n OfGru nda rketil to n o f who arried Einar, , Thorvald to n OfTho rer o fEt iho l to n was Krok, the , p ; their Thor f in Ra n la tr wa sf r m te g ; he athe to Gudrun , who arried Oru nd OfKeldum m j ; their daughter was Halla, other to t f OfV al erde Of r Erlend Ste rka Flo e , ather g , mother Her , ’n f La m a n r father O Herr Hauk the g . Anothe daughter Of Fl fe r Of In i erd o was Tho dis, mother Fru g g the Rich ; her Ha llb era Abbetso f a Reinitn f e s. daughter was Fru , St d at Many other great men in Iceland are detc ended from Karl Thu id are fefne r . and , who not here mentioned God be with us ! Ame n !

1 1 1 I n h n ti K lf n r f1 1 0 a D . 0 . a no t r arra a r efn o 0 t A . e ve e ti ed the wi te fn wh c h fo ll r t n E riks r la nd — Co m a r o fKa rlfe e o wsthe e e t fo in Green . e , i p j p “ ” - — in the Anti uita tesAm er c a na as A nti A m er . . 6 1 8 . B ea m i h . q i , , pp 4 3 / well asin the fho rt a c c o unt o fthete I 1 a u k E rlendfo n the la tt c o ntrib u n s n fa m e o c c rre c e c o tained in the u to r to the Landni m a bdk . I dem . Saga o fErik the Red it h fiated that Icelandic Sagas.

V E OF F REY DI S H ELGI AND F INNBOGI . OYAG , ,

A . D . 1 01 1 .

F rey disc a n/esthe bro thersto be killed .

No w began people again to talk about expe ditions to fo r d a Vinland , voyages thereto appeare both profit ble and r t t Ka rlffn hono able . The ame ummer that e e came from 73 t t f w r Vinland , came al o a hip rom Nor ay to G eenland ; this t fteered Hel i innb o i hip two brothers, g and F g , and they fo r i r t remained the w nter in G eenland . The e brothers defc nt f u ffo rd e A t . were Icelanders by , and rom j It is now ’ h re dis f to be told t at F y , Eriks daughter, went rom her H el i F innbo i home at Garde to the brothers g and g , and bade them that they fho u ld tail to Vinland with their ve ttels the , and go halves with her in all profits which TO might be there made . this they agreed. Then went the f i to Lei , her brother, and begged him to g ve her the boutes which he had c a u ted to be built in Vinland ; but he a nfwe red fa m e f b t the as be ore, that he would lend the ou es, S O f but not give them . was it ettled between the brothers F re dis fho uld and y , that each have thirty fighting men in F r i th b etIdes . e d s the ip, women But y broke this agree ha d to ment , and five men more, and hid them ; that the Of f brothers knew not it be ore they came to Vinland . Now

h sna rra t e isc o nta ined in the m o re erfic u o u sa so n a c c o u nt o fthe T i iv p p , A r f h r r . s f Sa a o fE r the R ed A nti m e . u rt e a t c u a r re a t n to Ka rl efne g ik ( q , p i l l i g

. s en tr nsfrr d to a nd G u drid h 6 e b u t ha e a e e th w h i n d s. . c t c o c u e p 5 fy) , b , wi i l

th s a c e a s e to m a e the c hro no B ea m i h . i pl , w ll k f 73 lo c a rd r f h r u o es A D 1 0 1 gi l o e o t e va io sv ya g . 0. Icelandic Sagas. 65

t tea f Now ailed they into the , and had be ore arranged that fho u ld if to they keep together, it could be , and there was diEe renc e ttill fo m ewha t f little ; but came the brothers be ore , ’ eEeCts f b t and had taken up their to Lei s ou es . But when re dis thi s F y came to land , then cleared they out their p , and ho u fe f F re di : bore up their goods to the . Then aid y s Why bring ye in your things here ? Bec a u te we b e ” “ lieved f fho uld fta nd , aid they, that the whole agreement f b t good between us. To me lent Lei the ou es, quoth “ ” “ th f H l i : e . e , and not to you Then aid g In malice are r ea fil b h we b others y excelled y thee . Now took t ey out fe a ra te fet their goods, and made a p building, and that n f f ttra nd Of buildi g urther rom the , on the edge a lake , and put all around in good order ; but F reydishad trees cut ’ fo r thi s down her p loading. Now began winter, and the ro o ted fet t o rts t a m u te brothers p p to up p , and have ome S O wa s fo r . a nd ment done a time, until evil reports ditc o rd t ru n a m o n tt r Of p g up g them , and the e was an end the fpo rts; and nobody came from the one houte to the to fo r r other, and it went on a long time du ing the winter. It happened one morning early that F reydisgot up from d ed he rfelf t tho es ttOCkin s her bed, and , but ook no or g ; fu c h fa l and the weather was that much dew had len . She ’ hu fba nd sC took her loak, and put it on , and then went to ’ r t the brothe s hou e , and to the door ; but a man had gone f f lf out a little be ore , and le t the door ha open . She opened tto o d n the door, and a little time in the openi g, and was fil nt u Finnb i i fi e b t o n de t . ; g lay the hou e , and was awake “ ” “ He faid : Wh F re dis? f : at wilt thou here , y She aid I with tha t tho wo uldett fo r u get up, and go out with me , I will 6 ’' 6 [ c ela a a zc Sagas.

f a k f e o . will p with thee. He did They went to a tree, that fa t r lay near the dwellings, and down the e . How art thou fa tisfied ? f th a nfwered : I o f here aid e . He Well think ’ fruitfu lnefs I o f difc o rd the land s , but ill do think the that fru n fo r has p g up betwixt us, it appears to me that no ” ” c a u fe fa eft f ( has been given. Thou y as it is, aid he, “ and (0 think I ; but my b u finefshere with thee is that I wifh { h fo r to change hips wit thy brother, ye have a larger ” fhi w t f . p than I , and it is my i h to go rom hence That ” “ ” m uft I f iffu c h w t agree to, aid he , is thy i h . Now with fe a ra ted innbo i that they p . She went home, and F g to his f r bed . She got into the bed with cold eet, and the eby woke Th r fk d { w (0 o rva d a e a s . , and he why he cold and wet She “ ” a nfwered i : wa s f fhe , w th much vehemence I gone , aid , a to the brothers, to make a barg in with them about their th fo r I wifhed fhi o (0 ip , to buy the large p ; but they to k it u fed fha m efu ll ! ill , that they beat me , and me y ; but thou m ifera ble man ! wilt fu rely neither avenge my difgra c e or ea f fee I thine own , and it is y to that am no longer in I fe a ra te f if a ven efi Greenland , and will p rom thee thou g ” n withfia n no t this . And now could he o longer d her w feed reproaches, and bade his men to get up ith all p , and fo ftra i htwa take their arms ; and did they, and went g y to ’ ho u fe f flee in the brothers , and went in , and ell upon them p g, f and then took and bound them, and thus led out one a ter F re dis o f the other ; but y had each them killed, as he came

. e r m out Now wer all the men the e killed , and only wo en f F re dis remained , and them would no one kill . Then aid y Give m e an axe ! So was done ; upon which {he killed n r {to nt l t the five wome that were the e, and did not p u i hey were

68 Sagas.

I ft rit t o e . but this will predic , that thy p y will never thrive c o nfe u enc e f e Now the q was, that no one , rom that tim f f o the rwife o . orth , thought than ill them Now m u ft we begin from the time when Ka rlfefne got

th fea . e ro fero u s ready his ip, and put to H had a p p voyage , ff f rw r and came a e and ound to No ay, and emained there fo r f f the winter, and old his goods , and both he and his wi e were held in great honor by the m o ft re fpecta ble m e n in frin f fhi fo r Norway. But the p g a ter, fitted he out his p fhi Iceland ; and when he was all ready, and his p lay at the fo r f r fo u the rn bridge , waiting a air wind, then came the e a fr to him , who was om Bremen in Saxony, and wanted to “ “ ” f Ka rl f ho u f f fe ne e . buy rom his broom I will not ell it, ” f I w lf fr f . o aid he ill give thee a ha mark gold it, aid the Ka rlfefne ff German . thought this was a good o er, and they lo fed fo u thern o ff ho u fe c the bargain . The went with the Ka rlfefne broom , but knew not what wood it was ; but that ' 75 nt f Ka rlfefne was ma ur, brought rom Vinland . Now put to fea fhi Ska a fo rd r , and came with his p to g j , on the northe n c o a ft fhi fo r , and there was the p laid up the winter. But in fpring

7‘ f — H fi a fn . h o A m . o tru o m do u ts a H a ld rfo n. e A n i er S e e S e t . . b v q , p a rife n a sto the m ea n n o fth s o rd 1 no te c a nd Lexi c o n I la ndic o g w , 44 , , f i i ' wh c h F nn M a gnufe n th nksishe re La tino -D a nic a ”: B ziim o ni sH a ldo r i i i ' ' ' ' inte nded to e xpre fsa va ne o r wea ther fo m z ex m a nu/c np/zsLe a tz A m a ’ o fu c h a nda sh in n M a n a m u m c c e e a ee a c R . K . Ra editu m k, pp v g b , ii . fo rm e r o m a m e nte b h o rth ni 1 o t e H a x 8 1 t . ly y N , 4, 4 m e n a t rea t c o ft a nd a c ed o n the Mr B ea m ifh fu efts tha t this , , pl . gg ’ f u f h r r to o t e ho e . T e c e e n m a b e the rd se e o r c u ed m a e i giv bi y l pl , (a o u t 15 1 6 fte rling) isa 0 m o re a c a n fa ystha t the o ld G erm a n na m e h th r c o rda nt t snter re ta tio n . To r o f m a le m a a l de ba u m a nd the wi i i p , / , “ ” fze u sc a sit c o ro n sdo m u s whic -h Swedi m a u r fec kled o o d a nd ll i , / . p w , fe e m sto m fo m e o rna m enta a e n m a u rc ra d a ed to no tt o r m a r p y pp f , pp k y, i l l ' li da e o fthe nd : the ed to r Pro fe flo r ble - e o o d tend to c o n rm th sfu g ki i ( lik w , fi i p Ra fn hasfo lo ed the e i n B 6 ) l w L x c o o f j m po fitio n. 6 Icelandic Sagas. 9 frin Gla um b ae la nd p g bought he , and fixed his dwelling refeéted there , and lived there , and was a highly p man , and from him and G udrid his wife has tp ru ng a numerous and i Ka rlfefne dittin u thed . g race And when was dead, took G u rid o f t ( S no rri d the management the hou e with her on , S i who . no rr was born in Vinland But when was married , G u drid t fo u thwa rds then went abroad , and ravelled , and t o fS no rri fo n came back again to the hou e her , and then a a fed Gla u m ba f h d he c u a church to be built at . A ter this Gu drid r t to whiltt became a nun and eclu e , and remained th S no rri to n Tho r ir e lived . had a who was named ge ; f In v l o fBitho r e d . he was ather to g , mother p B and The daughter o fSno rri Ka rlfefne tto n was called H a llfrid ; the F“ to Ru no lff BithO Tho rla o was mother , ather to p Bj rn was a to n o fKa rlfefne and G u drid ; he was father to Th ru nn o fBitho A o . , mother p Bjorn numerous race are detc ended f Ka rlfefne dittin u ithed r rom , and g men ; and Ka l fefne has accurately related to all men the occurrences on " t o f fo m ewha t all the e voyages , which is now recited here . Geographical

7’ To the lea rned Bitho p Tho rla k I t wo u ld a ppea r tha t Ka rlfefne R u no lfso n we a re pri nc ipa lly i ndebte d him felfna rra ted o rigina lly the e vents ’ fo r the o ldett ec c lefia ttic a l c o d e o fI c e tha t o c c u rred o n thete vo a es a nd y g , a nd u blithed in the ea r 1 1 2 a nd tha t o n the m o re m o rta nt o rtio ns l , y 3 ly i p p it isalto pro ba bl e tha t the a c c o u ntso f we re writte n o u t by the fa ga m a n tha t thete vo yageswere o r g na ly c o m p led it wa sno t wr tte n t a nu m e ro u sra c e — i i l i i ill h1 m Vide S nop/iso H flo rzc a l o f dittin ith ed m en ha d de tc ended b ' id ffn i Genea lo i a l v enc e in his o l u m e P ro fefto r fro m e e . V de c t , y g

le in i i . A m er. Ra fn. Ta b Appem ix to A nt q 0 7 Icelandic Sagas.

G E G P I L N I E S O RA H C A O T C .

“ F RAGMENTUM GEOGRAPHI C UM.

E tt n ( N XT to Denmark is the le er Swede , then is Eland, H elfin ela nd V erm ela nd then Gottland , then g , then , and the Kv ndla nds o f B a r e la nd e m . two , which lie to the north j From Bj a rm ela nd ttretc hesuninhabited land towards the o f north , until Greenland begins. South Greenland is Hellu land ; next lies Markland ; thence it is not fa r to Vinland the to m e f f a nd if Good , which think goes out rom A rica ; it t tea tt o . be , the mu run in between Vinland and Markland It is related that Tho rfinn Ka rlfefne cut wood here to "9 r n ho u fe f t o name t his , and went a terwards to eek out Vin land the Good, and came there , where they thought the efieét o f land was , but did not the knowledge it, and gained f f f firtt dif none o the riches o the land . Lei the Lucky a nd to m e diftrefs covered Vinland , then he met merchants in ’ tea fa ved at , and , by God s mercy, their lives ; and he Chrittia nit fre a d ittelf introduced y into Greenland, and it p ’ to Bitho sf etta blithed there , that a p eat was in the place ifla nd called Gardar. England and Scotland are an , and fr itflf ifla nd yet each is a kingdom o e . Ireland is a great . f t Iceland is a lto a grea t ifla nd north o Ireland . The e coun tries are all in that part o f the world which is called Europe . Gripla

73 fu r n r Vida Thisisa fra gm ent fro m V ellu m end o fthe o teenth c e tu y .

f A n . 2 . fu ffr A n . m e Co de o . 1 2 o fed b Pro e o ti x , N 9 , pp y q , p 79

Ra fn to ha ve e en wr tten nea r the Vide a ntea no te . b i , 74 Sagas.

” GRI PLA.

Co dex N . 1 1 81 m A nti . A m er . 2 , o 5, , g ., p 93.

BAV ARIA is bounded by Sax ony ; Saxony is bounded by H o ltte in tea , then comes Denmark ; the flows through the e a tt r tt o f e n . ea countries Sweden lies to the Denmark, Norway to the north ; Finmark north o fNorway ; thence

ttre tc hes -e a tt c tt n the land out to the north and a , u til you B a rm ela n r Ga rda ri e come to j d ; this land is tributa y to g . From Bja rm ela nd lie uninhabited places all northward to that land which is called Greenland [which , however, the o bfe rved Greenlanders do not confirm , but believe to have o the rwite f f that it is , both rom dri t timber, which it is known t f n is cut down by men , and al o rom rei deer, which have like wite marks upon the ears, or bands upon the horns, f thee {t o f rom p which ray thither, which there now are r fo r h Thro ndh em emains in Norway, one head angs in j , 81 n fid f b e es . another in Berge , and many more are to be ound] ttretc hes w But there are bays, and the land out to ard the

' fouth -weft ; there are joke lsand fjords ; there lie ifla ndsout

' before the jokels; one o fthe jokelscannot be explored ; lf ’ t ’ t to the other is ha a month s ail , to the third a week s ail ; this is nea rett to the fettlem e nt called Hvidterk ; thence ttre tc hesthe land toward the north ; but he who withes not to

0° u h r This rem a rka le fa m itc ella neo sc a ra c te . b — is c o nta ned A m en . 280 28 1 . B ea i , pp ,

ered by Pro in r a h te po la tl o n.

. 2 no a . A M , p . 94, te 7 2 Icelandic Sagas.

’ t fettlem ent f e rs f - t Bitho to mi s the te to the outh we t. The p s teat at the bottom o fE riksfjo rd is called Gardar ; there is a church dedicated to the holy Nicholas ; twelve churches ea ttern fettle m e nt f are upon Greenland in the , our in the w tt e ern . o o fite r f Now is to be told what lies pp G eenland , out rom f P the bay, which was be ore named a land called urdu ttra ndir to ti n fro tts ; there are ro g that it is not habitable , to fa r f f Hellula nd as one knows ; outh rom thence is , which is called Sk ra lingtla nd ; from thence it is not fa r to Vinland t f f the Good , which ome think goes out rom A rica ; between n f Vinland and Greenla d is Ginnungagap, which flows rom tea c fu rro u nds the called Mare Oc anum, and the whole earth. H a c er o tena s ri v b G pla .

MI IV E NOR NARRAT S .

OM TH E i usro nv OF I G O A GGV A SO FR K N L F TRY N .

A c c o rdi n o lze S ec o nd Vellu m Co dex N o . 6 1 F o l . g t t ,

S uppo/ed to 11a m been c opied a t tbc end oftlze fou rteenth o r beg inning oftire

eentb Centu r A nti . A m er. . 202 . fifl y . q , p

US t riett TH ays the holy p Bede , in the chronicles which he wrote concerning the regions o f the earth : that the itl a nd

IN — Thete rief in Ic e a nd a nte r o r to itso c c u a t o n b M OR N AR R ATIV ES . b l i p i y re a t o nsa re e tra éi sa nd na rra t e s the o r e ia nsa nd o fvo a esto a l i x iv N w g , y g st o e n o fas fro m I c ela ndic m a nutc ri tsno w depo t p a rt o fAm eri c a whic h i p k ite in l ra r s0 o nha e n Grea t I re a nd . The defc ri tio n o t the d the ib ie C pe g . l p The c o nta in tra c eso fI r th te ttl em ents c o a ti vifited isso fl ht a nd ha tha t y i ig zy, 1t Icelandic Sagas. 73 itla nd which is called Thule in the books lies to fa r in the o f r north part the world , that the e came no day in the lo n ett t m winter, when the night is g , and no night in um er, w lo n ett fr hen the day is g . There o e think learned men that 82 n fo r m it is Icela d which is called Thule , there are any tu n t places in that land where the ets not at night, when lo n ett fa m e fu n the day is g , and in the manner where the t l n o ett. cannot be een by day, when the night is g But the holy p rie tt Bede died 735 years after the birth o four Lord t Chritt fr Je us , more than a hundred and twenty years be o e wa s f Iceland inhabited by the Northmen. But , be ore Ice f land was colonized rom Norway, men had been there ” Chrit ia n whom the Northmen called Papas . They were t s fo r after r f t them we e ound Iri h books, bells, and croziers , and m f w t any other things, rom hence it could be een that they were i t c a nno t b e identified with a ny degree m era tin the wa rri o rsa t the ba ttle o f o r n The ttren th n th vi Bra a va l e h t a ks o f tho te fro m fc e ta t . e e e e e i y y g , p d enc e tha t I c e a nd c o a e sto o u r l le h c h na m e isttill to b e fo u nd l i v y g y , w i h i r u c o atts e re m a de a t tha t ear erio d in t a t d ttriét . A a n the a t c a rs w ly ; g i , p i l b u t e o nd th sfa c t a dd ver ittle to ven o f hu e b the I r th m o n b y i y T l y i k, ha t we ha ve a rea d ea rned fro m gic u il who ro te in the ea r 82 w l y l , w 5, the ta a sin the rec ed n a es o r dent f it th I c e a nd a n it teem s g p i g p g , i i y wi l ; tha t c a n be o fany hitto ric a l va lu e o r pro ba ble tha t different pa rtso fthe

m o rta nc e . o rth rec e ed the na m e h c h in the i p N iv , w i , 39 T he lo c a t o f Thu le isttill a I c ela nd c a n u a e fi nifies end li y i l g g , g , zl exa ta na to th a nt u ar es the e tre m e o u nda r t a c c o rd n as qfl wi iqi , x b y ( ili i g n no h i o v r se tende — B ea n nIt fo u th c o a ti o fN o rwa y a d rt a nd d tc e y wa x / . ’ - o a t a n a P Th er c a o r r r no rth weft c tt o f S c o l d h ving a pa . e c l i l de we e e en ea c h a tli ned fo r its o t1tio n as c a lled Pa a sb to m e a t n r ters b p , p y L i w i " t f f n l r well asI c ela n Bede pea kso Thu le (see D u F efe/ sG oj a y a d fc rzjb t. a c c o rd n to the re a t o n o fP thea s m edia c t in ni te La tinzta ttsa nd thu s i g l i y fi ), o fMa rfeilles S o linu s a nd P n b u t the o rthm e n m a ha e a do ted the , , li y, N y v p ’ “ m a esit o n] t1x da sta fro m Br t o rd fro m fo u thern na t o ns tim idus k y il i w i , ” a in h c h ill a c c o rds th the then rae u ttes o c ula Pa as u v . Sa t. , w i wi p g p p (J tta te o fna viga tio n a nd na u tic a l kno wl Du Fre tnestho wsa lto tha t the

d . a o u te m t r fr hu l erm a li e ge S x wo ld e o e e T e t wa s pp ed to Paedago gus. to the dittrift o f Telle m a rk o n the fo u th c o a tt o f o rwa fo r in enu N y ; , Icelandic Sagas.

Chrittia n f weft were men , and had come rom the over the “ “ t a E n lith t e . th g books al o ow that, in that time , there interc o u rte w two was bet een the countries.

‘

F rom the S c lzedce o A ri F ro de N o . F o l . f , 54,

A t was that time Iceland covered with woods, between the mountains and the thore . Then were here Chrittia n

people ,

Til vetta n u m ha t. I re a nd in ec c lefia ttic sin tha t re o n h c h in l ly g gi , w i , to the weft o f o t wa fro m henc e hiswo r ise ident dent ed th N y. w k, v ly i ifi wi the I c e a nde rs ha d em ra ted was I c e a nd . H e t ea kso f Thu e a sa n l ig , l p l e nera l t o ken o f the m ith re fer u ninha ited itland wh c h ho e er in g ly p b w b , i , w v , e nc e to the r fa ther a nd a nd fo r the his fe t m e a o u t the ea r ha d i , li i , b y 795, “ fa m e rea to u the c a l ed the I r th ett een vifited to m e m o n s w ith y l i w b b k , ” m n c o rdin to d n k m li hi m e ha d o k en a nd wh e . A c a ea rne e m a e o g l / f /p , u t er nto the o n in o fthe I r th the ha d o nc e d e t u o n the itla nd fro m g i i i , w l p “ li te ra l m ea ni ng o ft e wo rd I rela nd the firtt o f Pebru to the firtt o f isWe la nd the Celt c t lla ble ia r o r A u u tt . he den e the ex era ted fl , i , g T y i g er m ea n n the W . hisho e er tta te m e ntstha t ha d een m e b a n , i g M , w v , b y ’ isdif u ted b O B rien who m a nta ns c ent wr tersret eétin the e r etua l p y , i i i i p g p p tha t the o r ina nte r reta tio n o fia r ic e c o ntinu ed da fro m the erna to ig l i p , y v l “ ” “ ” is a fie r o r eh nd a nd c o nfiders the a u tu m na l e u m o x a nd c o rrefo nd , b i , q , p ’ Eirin to be c o m u nded o fi a nd eri n in nter a l o fn ht b ut tta ted tha t a , g i v ig , ’ the en t e o ere ro n fi nifin da s o u rne fu rther no rth a rd the g i iv , i , g y j w the itla nd o f ro n o r m nesfo r ic tea wa srea y fro e n and tha t th i i , w l y z , wi I re a nd ha d fo rm er ee n fa m ed a nd ret eft to the le n th o fthe da sa nd l ly b , p y henc e ra n ed b a nc ent wr tersa m o n n htsa t a nd a ew da s e fo re a nd k y i i g ig , y b — ’ the Catfiterides. S ee Wo o d s I a a fter the tu m m er to lttic e the fu n ta n , , k ni ry c o nc erni ng the P rim iti ve 1 n to little belo w the ho rizo n du ri ng the ’ ’ ga bita nts I rela nd . 1 O B rien s n ht tha t o ne c o uld u rtu e the r o rd of , p ig , p i i i n n r o u a t nsa s l a sb da B i . i i B ea m . na c c o e I ri ll n vo c e E i . /n y p w l y y ’ The ttro ngett tettim o ny o n this light . The a u tho r further defc rib e s o nt is e n b Dic u il m a o r te vera l itla nds n in the no rth a rt p i giv y , w k lyi g p ent t ed De Mentu ra Or s errae o f the B ritith o c ea n h c h th a i l bi T , , w i , wi here n he tho ws tha t I c e a nd ha d fa r nd m ht b e rea c he d fro m the w i l i wi , ig been vifited b I rith ec c lefia ttic sin no rth o f Br ta n in two da sa nd a y 795, i i y a r fl nd in 2 — h d fta tes ha t h re nea rl a a nd the o e I a s . S ee n t an t e F 7 5 ig ; . y

r nnn red a rsbe o re na m e A . D . 2 A nti . A m e . . 20 no te a . d e q , p 4, y , ly 7 5, T he pa rti c u larsgiven o fThu le by he rm i tsfro m I refa nd ha d ta ken u p their the I r th m o n Dic uil who ro te in a o de b u t ditturb ed b the ro n i k , , w b , , y vi g the ea r 82 o ffer a rem a r a e c o n o rthm en ha d finc e de a rted ea v n y 5, k bl N , p , l i g rm a io n n n nh ed h te i a n fi t o fthe I c e la di c m anu tc ripts the pla c e u i a bit . T e tl ds retpeéting the refidenc e o fthe I rith a re fu rther defc rib ed asha ving po n phem

76 Icelandic Sagas.

B o r Ea ftm a n fitt j g, daughter to Eyvind the , er to Helge the to n r Tho rb or Lean ; their was Atli the Red , who mar ied j g, tt Steinolf to n Ma r o f o fi er to the Humble ; their was H lum , Tho rka tla o fHe r il e ra t who married , daughter g N p s; their 8° ’ to n was Ari he was driven by a te m peft to White Man s t EA E A D weft Land , which ome call GR T IR L N ; it lies to the ’ tea G fi x t in the , near to Vinland the ood , and days ailing ft f ” we rom Ireland. From thence could Ari not get away , r rf and was there baptized . This fto y fi t told Rafn the “ k Limerick merchant, who had long lived at Limeric in

Ireland .

Ari Ma rto n ism entio ned in the the c a releftnetso fto m e faga m a n while

Kriftni S a . 6 a m o n ft the it re m a ned in o ra l tra d1ti0n. See , g i

r i fs1 n c e a nd in the e ar a ntea . 60 no te 6 nc a l C 1 e I . p i ip l , , 4 8 1 a t h c h t m e Bitho F ri r c H m reksfa ri a tu rna m e evide ntl 9 , w i i p i k y , y a nd ho r a d Ko dranto n c a m e the re en here to Ra fn 1n c o nfe uenc e o f T v l iv , q to ro m u l a te Chrittia nit He a nd gIS tra d n to m er c th h c h a s g i g Li i k, wi w i , his intm en a re h gh y la u ed 1n te vera l we a sthe o ther pr nc pa l I r th tea i l ' ll i i i I c e a nd c hifto ric a l o r s .Sb u a d o rtsthe o rthm e n c al ed b the I r th l i w k ( g fi p , N , l y i tz r l a ndx a Ho u m 1 6 1 0 D a nes ere a c c ufto m ed to ho d tre g , l , 75 4, p 5 ; , w l ' F ri lbia dra S o a c . 6 His ue nt c o m m u n c a t o n fro m the e nd o f / , 5 i i ther M a r a n m o ther Ka t a fi u t e e hth ntu r D u n Wa te r fa . c e , , , l g ig bli , in a n a nc ie h t o em h c h 13 ftill re fo rd a nd Lim eric a re c a ed i n the p , w i p , ll ferved a m o n the c o m m o n tra d t o nso f I c e a nd c o r o ld no rthern to n e D g i i l i , . y the I c e a ndersu nde r the na m e o fKot flin V aedrafordr a nd Hlim re h c h l , , j , , w i ’ Iudra u m r o r Ka tla sdrea m a nd m a b e ha s ro a led C a m b renfisa ndo thers , , y p b bly ' - = to a r tee n 1n the Arne Ma na :a n c o lleétio n, tt u te the fo u nda t o n o fthete c it — g ib i . iesto th o m n m l u r 8vo . A ntr A m er . 2 1 0 e rth e e an s a N o . 1 . A S ta 54, o , p , N , , i — c u s a nd I v s r A nla f itri a nd n te a . B ea m i . a ru o S c o /h , , , , “ '7 d r fi lin v ftr fra I r I va r in the e a r 86 hen the m a de V I . e a e g g g , y 4, w y ‘ O n a ho ttil x o n h o u nt a nd la ndi . Pro fefl o r Ra fn iso f pi nio e e pedi ti to t e c a r h a r fa h hro u h fett e d 1n thete three to wnsret egivel th t the figu esV I . ave i t g l p y; ’ m ifta k e o r c a relettnetso fthe tra ntc rib er b u t 0 H a o ra n fho ws tha t D u n ll bli , o fthe o r i na m a nu fc ri t h c h tsno w Wa terfo rd a nd m e r c ere c t es ig l p w i , Li i k w i i lo ft a nd ere e rro neo u fl interted in o fno te Io n e fo re tha t er o d a nd , w y b p i ,

ha V . tha t th r cI fD u n 1n a rt c u a r tic a d o f . I . o r er sX e t a e o XX X , p , bli , p i l , whi c h wo u ld be tte r c o rre po nd with the wa sto grea t a t the c lo te o fthe fec o nd th s m ht a a l c ntu r ha t a o o d wa r ro e o u t dista nc e . i m ifta ke isg h ve e ti y e y t bl y b k a rite n fro m a blo t o r defezt m tha t pa rt be twe en the m o na rc h C 011 a nd the ft r n M — K n o fMu nft r o det rm ne to ho m o he o a . A nti . A m er. e t e g SS q , g , w —i i l i i I dem . t o r n m r . the du esu n e tsa d o ts p . 447 po p p i — x i I t m ht a lto ha ve ariten thro u h fho uld elo n . H z t. I rela nd V o l. H . ig g b g / , P 1 7g Icelandic Sagas. 7 7

” ” f lt Tho rk ell Gelle rto n h Ireland . Thus aid [a o] , t at Ice landers

1 8 . Mo o re ho ver ve itri a ldh d hed . e sS c n i p 7 , w , gi p y g ,

f n rf . f the c red t o fo u d n Wa te o rd I I . 1 8 6 . 2 The enera na m e o g [ 3 , pp , 3 g i i ' l n a n p . a ltho ugh itso ri a I I rith n m e Da nesc o u ld a rdly ha ve a rite fro m o fP o rt La ir e o u d eem to m a the n a de rs e n c o nfidered Da nith g w l i ply i v b i g , a c e o fto m e c o m m e rc a m o rta nc e a sthe ere a m 1xed ra c e o fDa nes l i l i p y w , efo re the a do t o n o fitsno rthern o r e a nsSwedesSa o nsF rifia ns p i N w gi , , x , , title fro m h c h the na m e o fWa ter a nd o ther Go th c tr esfro m the Cim , w i i ib fo rd isev dent derived d ra fo rd r c e nintu la a nd fh o reso fthe Ba t c i ly [ j , b i p l i , ’ the fo rda e fr th . m er c O Ha l a nd ere di ttin u ithed the I r th bl i ] Li i k, w g b i o ra n tellsu swa sto no ted fo r itsc o m a c c o rd n to the c o o r o ft eir ha r o r l , i g l i m erc e fro m the ea rlie tt t m e stha t it is c o m e o n a sF i o nne Ga il the h te i , pl xi , , w i never m ent o ned b a nc ent I r th r t ttra n ers a nd D u bh Ga il the a c i y i i w i g , , bl k e rsw tho u t the e 1thet Lo n a th ftra n ers he nc e ro a n a a nd i p g , ip ; g ( , p b bly , Fi g l a nd we find Cea lla c ha n C a ifil n Do ne a . The te rm Da ne h c h was , ki g g l) , w i o fMu nfter c a n it u m nea c h na to m et1m esa ed istherefo re m o re , lli g L i ppli , , ,

Luin a s o r m er c o fthe thi s. e to ha ve een ex reffi ve o fthe g , Li i k p lik ly b p

. I I I . n t I l nd . 1 a n . . 8 a r er tha th o u n fth in H i t. re a I d 1 c h a ét e c r o e / , p 59. p 7 y Ac c o rd n to A rc hb itl1 0 Uther the va ders a nd to b e de r ed fro m the i g p , , iv firft inva fio n o fthe Da neso r o rth I r th o rds D a na bo ld m etu o u s , N i w , , i p , m en to o a c e a o u t the e a r a nd F ea r m a n : henc e D a n-o u the , k pl b y 797, , , hen the A nna so f Ulfter no t c e a m etuo u sr er as the Da nu e is w l i i p iv , b ’ defc e nt o n the itle o fRec hrin o r Ra h c a ed in a nc e nt Ce t c . ee O H a l , g S ' ll i l i ’ ’ f n n n lo r n . . n lin no rth o the c o u t A t m a nd a V o l I I I . 1 a d B rien s , y ; , p 49, O the r inc u rfio nsc o nt nued th ttle I ri B il l . i n vo c e D a na . B ea m i h . i i , wi li f interm ifli o n u nti the r na l defea t b The e d ree o fRa fn the m er , l i fi y p ig , Li B ri e n B o iru m he o r Bo ru in the c e e ic k m erc ha nt o r Oddfo n is en in , , l , , giv f l n r 2 b ra ted a tt e o C o ta rff A l 2 the La ndndm a bbh I I . 1 . 8 fro m b l , p i 3, , , p 9 , 1 0 1 Th nt rva s f ea c er h h it a rstha t h w sde t nde 4. e i e l o p e w e w ic a ppe e a c e d na tura l] a ed to c o m m e rc a nter fro m Du e Ro fo f o r a a nd o n the ppli i l i k l N w y , c o u rte etwee n the two na t o ns a nd m a terna fide fro m S teinofthe H u m e i ; l bl , ‘ the N o rthm en bec a m e e fta b lithed no t bei n thu sc o nnetted a swe ll wi th Ari o n a t the rinc a tea - o rtsb u t in Ma o n a s e fE rikfo n a nd l ed a o u t ly p ip l p , L i , iv b the interio r o f the c o u ntry . H enc e the m iddle o r begi nni ng o fthe eleventh

f n u lu n . we find I r th na m eso erto sin Ic e c e ntu r . I n the S t r a S a a I i p y g , ‘

a nd a nd na m eso f a c esfo rm ed o f c . he isna m ed a m o n tt t e a nc efto rs l , pl 3, g o rthe rn e e m e nts 1n I re a nd the o fS a rd- S no rri fro m ho m the m o tt N l l k , w I c ela ndi c Niel o r Nj all isevidently dittingu ithed I c ela nderstra c e the i r de the I r th e K a lla c h Cea lla c h fc e nt a nd it is ro a e wa sthe fa m e ; j , ; , p ' i N il b bl K a ra n K e a n rni B rn d n to m e tim s b th r B a a &c . n du a l no e e , i ; j , y, i ivi k w y a m eso fpla c e sa re o fa m ixed o rigi n na m e o f Ra fn the Red [Rafn hiu n to the I r th La i hea n Mu nha in Ul ra u di who a c c o m a n ed S u rd kin i g , , ], p i ig , la dh the o rthm e n a dded the r ta dr o fth O r ne sto I re a nd in 1 0 1 a n , f e k y , 4, N i l ' a c e h c h a fterwa rds e c a m e ier wa s rete nt a t the a ttle o fClo nta rfi (pl ) , w i b j , p b , h a o — t s r s in r M m ea . A ti a nd u e Le fte u nfter Ul A ril 2 o fthe fa e r n . , , p 3, y q — r & . ld . 1 . D e e . 2 1 1 e dem fte c S ee £ e l o ra A m er . no t a , ( fi , g f p , 9° N orden til I rla nd o I V. M . P ter en Tho rk ell Gelle rto n was rea t f e jf , g gra ndto n

Icelandic Sagas. 79

fo r n ad ef heard a lo g time , and who had been m e a chi

there by the inhabitants.

“ V AGE o r B O ASBRANDS N OY J RN O .

A . D . 999.

’ Bo a x r the Fat, and Thordis , Surs daughter, hada daughte Thu rid the was Tho rb b rn that was called , and married to j the wasto n o f Fat, who lived at Froda ; he Orm the f o f Lean , who had taken and cultivated the arm Froda. Thu rid o fA t o f Bre ida vik , daughter brand Kamb in , had he f the was tt Breidvikin a k a a ormerly married ; fi er to Bjorn g pp , f A rnb orn who is herea ter mentioned in the Saga, and to j the Strong ; her tons by Tho rbjb rn were Ketill the Cham Gu nnla u H llf in a te . pion , g, and ” fha ll fo m e thin Sno rri t he Now g be told about Godi , hat took up the p ro c etsabout the murder o fThorbjorn his

-in- brother law.

Thisrem a rka ble narra tive ista ken rea l na m e wa sTho rgrim Tho r rim fo n ; fro m the E rb a S o r ea rl a o b u t e n ra ther u nm a na ea bge hen y y gj , b i g g w na lso ftha t di r ft 0 I c ela nd n a c h d he o ta ned the c o no m en o f i yi g il , b i g a ro u nd the ro m o nto r o fS naefe llso n S nerrir fro m the I c e a nd c o rd ner p y , l i w , [ o a ti I t isc lea r fho wn nn u u s h c h afterwa rds h ettern c . ri na c o he t e w y , p g , w l i— i b BitI1 0 Muller to ha ve een wr t c a m e Sno rri . M iiller S a . B ib . V . 1 . y p b i , g , te n no t la te r tha n the b e innin o fthe H e was o rn in 6 a nd d ed in 1 0 1 g b 9 4, i 3 n u r B ea m i Vi a nd he n e it fo o stha t the even thi rtee nth c e t y . de c ll w ts ’ Bitho Mu ller sa c c o u nt o fth sSa a rec o rded in th sa nd the fo llo n na r p i g , i wi g ’ B m i sN thm n ive r h ism n o ned asa n in ex ten o in ea h o r e . ra t he e e e t f, / , pp , w i - 200 202 . a étive artic a to r m u tt ha ve o c c u rred p i p , r s Go di riett o fthe te m le a nd re rev o usto the ea r 1 0 0 . V a o u , p p p p i y 3 i feét o fthe ro v nc e fro m Go d the De t o rtho ra h ha s een fo lo ed b En p i , i y, g p y b l w y g n fu o fed to ho d the o ffic e b th r ters th re a rd to the na m e bei g pp l y li w i wi g , o n m n n rri o di o c u to m a n it no rro a nd o thers divi ne a pp i t e t . S o G c e c lli g S esa c o nfic u o u s la c e in I c e and c Sno rre b u t the na i teem sto a c c o rd pi p p l i , fi l fro m th nd o f nth t m o re h l — I dem hitto ry e e the te o the with t e I c e andic ro o t . . n v i beginni g o fthe ele enth c entu ry . H s

‘ 1 80 Icelandic Sagas.

-in- a lto tt f brother law. He took his fi er home to Helga ell , bec a u fe o to n o fAt f m there was a report that Bj rn , brand ro r Kamb , began to come the e to inveigle her. There was a man from Meda llfellttra nd called Tho ro dd ;

an honorable man ; he was a great merchant, and owned a t T ho ro dd d ft trading hip. had made a tra ing voyage we 93 wards to Ireland , to Dublin . At that time had Jarl Sigurd “ Lodve rtto n o f t a ll , the Orkneys, way to the Hebrides, and the way we ttwa rd to Ma n : he im po ted a tribute on the o f Ma n inhabitants , and , when they had made peace , the Jarl left men behind him to c o lleét the tribute ; it was m o ttly paid in { melted filve r ; but the Jar] failed away

northwards to the Orkneys. But when they who had fo r r fo r fa ilin waited the tribute we e ready g, they put to tea with a fouth -weft wind ; but when they had failed fo r a

f -e a tt ea tt time the wind changed to the outh and , and there a ro te r fto rm r u a g eat , and drove them northwa ds nder t a fu nder u ninha b Ireland , and the hip broke there upon an itla n ited d. And when they had gotten there , came , by Tho ro dd f chance , the Icelander , on a voyage rom Dublin . ’ The Jarl s men called out to the m erchantmen to help Tho ro dd him fe lf them . put out a boat, and went into it , ’ m e n Tho ro dd and , when it came up, the Jarl s begged to help

- — K u r t il n s r th r no rthern ta t m a tter. e P eter a pte d vefr t I rla d . H e e e i k S e

f n m nn l . r r 8 n r o f th v i e A a o N o d ldh . 2 we ee the a tu e e 0 ge d t f f O 36 . — n i . f m no te . tinétl fta ted a d I re a nd t o en o a s Co . 8 B ea m h y , l p p 4 / l n w e wa rdsfro m I c e a nd h c h The Ork ne sa re c al ed in no rth yi g fl l , w i l e de nt a ro te fro m its fitio n th e m a n ua e rhne a r fro m Orha vi ly wi l g yj , , re a rd to o r a the a therla nd o f a nd o f ea l wh c h isdefc ribed in g N w y, ki , i the fe tt ers he nc e a lto V ettm a nna e S e c u u m Re a e . 1 6 1 . l ; , , y p l g l , pp 7 , 77 ’ a r We ftm a n sIfla nds o n the fo u th S u rd fe in a tt e in I re a nd 1 0 1 . j ( ), g , 3 i ll b l l — c o a ti f la nd h r t ti . m e . . 2 8 no te b dem . o I c e e e o m e I r th c a A n A r 1 . 1 , w i p q , p , tivesto o k refu ge a fter the m u rder o f Icelandic Sagas. h ff e elp them , and o ered him money to take them hom to Sigurd Jarl in the Orkneys ; but Tho ro dd thought he bec a u fe u n fo r could not do that, he was bo d Iceland ; but re fted fo r they p him hard , they thought it concerned their f e fho u ld f goods and re dom , that they not be le t in Ireland h f or the Hebrides, w ere they be ore had waged war, and it ’ to t fhi s ended that he old them the p boat, and took there fore a great part o fthe tribute ; they ftee red then with the boat to the Orkneys ; but Tho ro dd tailed without the boat f h o f ftee red to Iceland, and came to the out the land ; then wettwa rds f Breidafo rd n he , and ailed into j , and la ded, with a ll Do u rda rnefs on board , at g , and went in autumn to win ter with S no rri Godi at Helgafell ; he wasfinc e then called

Tho ro dd - t f the Tribute buyer. This happened a li tle a ter o f o t w was the murder Thorbj rn the Fat. The ame inter at f Thu rid fi tt o fS no rri Tho rb b rn Helga ell the er Godi , whom j Tho ro dd a fked S no rri the Fat had married . Godi to give Thu rid fitt bec a u fe was him his er in marriage ; and he rich , Sno rri f fide fa w the and knew him rom a good , and that r t ff — equired ome one to manage her a airs , with all this reto lved S no rri together Godi to give him the woman , and f their marriage was held there in the winter at Helga ell . But f frin T ho ro dd him felf in the ollowing p g betook to Froda, to t and became a good and upright yeoman . But oon as Thu rid n Afb ra ndto n vifit came to Froda, bega Bjorn to r t rea d there , and the e was p a general report that he and Thu rid had unlawful inte rc o u rte ; then began Tho ro dd to vifi ts o b eét t complain about his , but did not j to them eri tl m Tho re r V idle A rna rhvo l ou y. At that ti e dwelled gg at , t O rn r and his ons , and Val , were grown up , and ve y prom iting 8 2 Icelandic Sagas. ifing men ; they reproached Tho ro dd fo r tu b m itting to tuch dit ra c e a s o o ff Tho ro dd g Bj rn put up n him , and o ered their ffi t if f viti t f o ha a ta nc e so . , he would orbid the Bj rn It p o ta t pened one time that Bj rn came to Froda, and he i Thu ri Tho ro dd to fi t talking w th d . u d always to within t o wa s . when Bj rn was there , but now he nowhere to be een “ f Thu rid : r o f or fo r Then aid Take ca e thy walks , Bj n , I tu tpeét that Tho ro dd thinks to put an end to thy vifi tshere ; and it looksto me as ifthey had gone out to fall upon thee k by the way, and he thin s they will not be met by equal ” f fai o orce . That can well be , d Bj rn , and chaunted this flave O detsf he a rm -rin o ld Go d o t g g , Let thisbright day the lo nge tt ho ld On e a rth fo r no w I linger here ’ I n m lo ve sa rm sb ut fo o n m utt fe ar y , Thete o swill va nifh a nd he r bre a th j y , t m l Be rai ed to m o urn y e a r y de a th.

f k r wa n Therea ter too Bjo n his arms, and went a y, intendi g Di ram u la to go home ; but when he had gotten up the g , tpra ng five men upon him ; this was Tho ro dd and two o f f t fTh r V i l te iz ed erva nts o o e r d e . his , and the ons gg They ’ m f him felf f Tho re r s i , but he de ended well and man ully ; t re tted ha rdeft him ons p in upon him , and wounded , but he o f o f f Tho ro dd was the death both them . A ter that went

away with his men , and was a little wounded , but they not . o Bj rn went his way until he came home, and went into the ” room ; the woman o fthe houte told a m aid terva nt to attend him ;

’ Husfre a D a n. Ha u sfru e t in in i m r w a th a fe B rn o . yj ; , ; S , g, sc , jo s the H u sfru Gen Ha u sfra u l tera the B ea m i h ; , i lly, f. wo m o la d o fth ho ute d m an r y e , a n ea n

84 Icelandic Sagas.

" r wa sPalna t ki f f o m tb o . o o o m tvikin s to J g Then chie the J g . “ o was C H Bj rn joined their band , and named hampion . e o m tb o r St rb ii rn tt was in J g when y j the Strong took the ca le . rn t o m tvikin s i was al o with them in Sweden , when the J g

’ St rb drn ; lt i l o f F ritva ll aided y j he was a o n the batt e y , St rb orn f etc a ed where y j ell , and p in the wood with other “ t kin s to Pa lna to ki wa o m vi . s J g And long as lived, Bjorn dittin u ithed with him , and was looked upon as a g man , and f very b rave in all times o trial . l oo The tame fu m m e r came the brothers Bjorn and Ra u nhafna rt A m bj o rn out to Iceland to o s. Bjorn was C o f Breida vik A rnb afterwards called the hampion . j o rn had brought much money out with him , and immediately, the

’ r m sc attle c a lled whic h isfu o fed to e the r t n Jo m fbo rg (o Jo ), pp b p e e t a lto u l n wa s u t b the Da nifh Wo l n tee D e Da n hesTo e J i , b il y l i , / ,

K n Ha ro ld Bla a ta nd o n o ne o fthe de n N . M . P eter en a j nna ler o r i g , qf f , f m o uthso fthe Oder o n the c o a ft o f N o rdi h Oldh ndi he K obe nha vn , / y g j , s v 8 2 - 2 — I s a fterward o 1 . 8 . B ea m z h . Po m era n a . t wa i 37, pp 35 3 / erned b P a lna to ki a werful c ief St o rn wa sthe to n o fOla fwho y , bj , o fF io nia F ne n to w o m Buritl a u s rei ne in S eden o intl with E r ( y ), , g w j y ik in o fthe Wendsfearin his o er the V c to rio u sb u t in c o nfe u enc e o f k g , g p w , , , q ' i v the ne h o r n terr to r o n c o n a firin to the thro ne a nd the m u rder e ig b i g i y, p g tio u tha t he w ld defend the m o t 0t a c o urtier na m ed Aki fe l nto dit i , l i ’ qpm t i a re! c e and retired th fixt i s a rc h skin lo m o o re n th ven gg , , wi y p gi

fio n. Pa lrilto ki a c c e ted the c o nd im b E r to o m tbo r o f h c h i y ik, J g, w i

o nsa nd c a m e c h e o fa c o m m u n t he be c a m e o verno r. Afterwa rdshe ti , e y g b i ’ i o f ra tesc al ed o m m hin r who were m ade a n e ed tio n to SNveden in c o n l Y j g , xp i , di‘pin u ithed e e n in tho fe da so f unétio n with Ha ra d Go rm to n a nd fell i , v y j l , ru ta va lo r fo r e tra o rd nar at to nal 1n a ttle a a intt the in hisu nc le in b , x i y p b g k g, , h F ritv t l f h . H t e la n o f o ld n a r a a A . D b ra ver a nd c o ntem t o dea t e e U . p p i y p ,

fta lizi d he ttri ett la ws a nd ex 8 . See A nti . A m er. . 22 no te e b e t ét , 9 4 q , p 7, ,

m nn u . fia t r m tt ri d t tsfro m tho te F o rn a a S a r V o l. V t a ét e d the o g et g , , i ' ' who fo ught to e nter the fo c iety : the S ty rbj a rna r S m a k appa in Go d . ‘ ra n o fK a i o r c ha m o n ven to and o m z/ihin a S a a Miiller V o l. . k pp , pi , / g g , , 3

B iirn Atb ra ndto n was there o re the l m . j , , , — n l l t ki d d A . D I dem ttro ngeft evide c e o fhisem i nent qu a i Pa na o ie . 993 . — A the ear A n r. 6 i ti sa sa arr o A n A . . b u t . e . m er . w tiq , p o y 99 t g — i 22 no te a . o m tvikin a a a nd A m er . . 228 no te a . 7 , J ga S g ; , p , fo r the artic ula r lo c a l t o f o m tbo r p i y J g, Icelandic Sagas.

fa m e t in the ummer that he came , bought land at Bakke

' Ra u nh fn r b r it l t k o . A n b n d a o e t o n j made no p y, and p li tle tt o c c a fio ns was ret e éts r e mo , but however, in all p , a ve y abl

'

. o the man Bj rn , his brother, was , on other hand , very r r pompous , when he came to the count y, and lived in g eat ft le fo r ac c u tto m ed him fe lf u ta eso f y , he had to the court g f f wa s ha ndto m er A rnb b rn oreign chie s ; he much than j , and t tk illed in no particular le s able, but was much more in t o f f f martial exerci es , which he had given proo s in oreign t . u ft a fte r ri lands In the ummer, j they had ar ved , a great o f o f meeting the people was held north the heath , under Ha u a b ret o f e g , near the mouth the Froda ; and thither rod s all the merchant , in colored garments ; and when they ft wa s a em bled . had come to the meeting, there many people wasThu rid o f rn w There , the lady Froda, and i ent up, fo ke t fo r wa s and p to her, and no one objec ed to this, it ditc o u rte tt finc e thought likely that their would la long, fo r t o f m t they, uch a length ti e , had not een each other. a ro te o f f the There that day a fight, and one the men rom northern mountains received a deadly wound, and was carried down under a buth on the bank o fthe river : much blood

”1 A fim il r fa nc fo r a r -c o l r I rith m o na rc h Ac h a la w wa sena éted a y p ty o ed y, ” “ drettes ta sMo o re exitte d a m o n re u la t n the nu m er o f c o o rsb , y , g g i g b l y the C eltso fGa u l a nd Dio do rusde wh c h the c u tso fthe diEere nt , i fc ribe sthe peo ple aswea rin ga rm ents c la tfeso f o c ie ty were to b e dittin flo wered i th a ll va r et es0 c o lo rs ithed a nd fro m thete a rt - c o lo red w i i , , p y ' s h a n ient Sc o tso r a m ac v v Lib . rette wo rn b t e c xpé p m m aem s qbw p em c , , y T o isder ed the re tent na t o na l . he b ra c c m o r bree c heswa st I rith 5 , , , iv i c a ed fro m e n a ded the o rd c o ftu m e ttill c a ed c l ea n o ftheir ll b i g pl i , w [ ll ] bra c fi ifying in Ce ltic a ny thi ng detc enda ntsin No rth Brita in . ’ - B rien 1 fec kle o r c o rd I r . I . . 1 0 1 1 0 O a rt c o o red . Ac p p y l , pp ; , 4? ’ - in o Bri H c Did in v oc e ea c Llu d . Arc h. Br1t. t O en the berno Ce t . g , i l i , y wo r isbrea c I n r i fthe d . the e gn o 86

f fr to r wa s o o f blood lowed om the wound , that the e a po l t w K rta n t n f . a s a o o blood in the bu h There the boy j , Thu rid o fFroda ; he had a fm a ll axe in his hand ; he ra n t the to the bu h , and dipped the axe in the blood. When men from the fo u the rn mountains rode to uthwa rdsfrom the Tho rd Bli a flred the ditc o u rte had meeting, g Bjorn how tw Thu r f a rn ta id turned out be ixt him and id o Frod . i a fk ed Tho rd that he was well contented therewith . Then , t K a rta n whether he had that day een the lad j , her and

’ ” ‘ Th r dd t n t f n o o s a o . o . w united Him I , aid Bj r What f o P Tho rd a . n do you think him quoth , gain The chaunted Bjorn this tta ve

A ftri lin 10 1 p g, With fea rful eyes ’ And wo m a n sim a e g , Do wnwa rdsra n

’ T o the wo lfslair. The peo ple ta y The yo u th kno wsno t

H isV iking fa the r.

Tho rd faid : What will Tho ro dd fay when he hears o f your boy ? Then tung Bjorn

hen will the no le la d T b y, When p refiing to her b rea tt The im age o fhisfa the r r I n her fair a m sto rett, ’ Adm it Tho ro dd sc o nj ec tu re r F o r m e the eve lo ved, And ever fha ll I he a r her

Afieétio n deep a nd p ro ved . Icelandic Sagas. 87

“ Tho rd faid : It will be better fo r ye not to have m uch to fr do with each other, and that thou turn thy thoughts om ” ” Thu rid tu re l c o u nfel o . That is y a good , replied Bj rn , “ fa r f m t t but is that rom y inten ion , although it makes ome differe nce when I have to do with tuch a m a n as S no rri her ” ” w t fr f Tho rd . o o brother Thou ilt be rry thy doings , aid ;

' B om nt and therewith ended the talk between them . j we him felf m home now to Kamb , and took upon the anage f fr f o o wa s . ment the place, his ather then dead In the a vifit Thu rid winter he began his trips over the he th , to ; h Tho ro dd ta w wa s and alt ough did not like it, he yet that it c t e not a y to find a rem dy, and he thought over with him telf ft fo u ht tto how dearly it had co him , when he g to p their inte rc o u rte ; but he ta w that Bjorn was now much ttro n er f Th ro dd . o g than be ore bribed, in the winter, Thor Ga ldra kin ra ife tem eft a a intt h grim to a p g Bjorn , w en he fti t was . cro ng the heath Now it came to pa s one day, that o w Bj rn came to Froda, and in the evening, hen he was t going home , was there thick weather and ome rain ; and he tet 03 very late ; but when he had gotten up on the the tno wed to heath , weather became cold, and it ; and dark t w f f a ro te that he a not the way be ore him . A ter that a f o ftno w to f tc a rc el dri t , with much leet that he could y keep f fo r f his legs ; his clothes were now rozen , he was be ore wet ttra ed to through , and he y about, that he knew not where o f to turn ; hit, at night, upon the edge a cave , went in , fo r had t and was there the night, and a cold lodging ; hen

' tung Bjorn I celandic Sagas.

Fa ir o ne ! who do tt bring “ n o the wea r V ettm e tst y, ’ n where Little k o w tt tho u , H i in c a vern drear d y, I no w fhelter teek

H e tha t o nc e o n o c ea n

o ldl fteered a ba r B y k, No w lieswitho ut m o tio n

rn a r I n a c ave d k . And again he chaunted

’ The twan sc o ld regio n I ha ve c ro tted ll rdswith a dl frei ht A eaftwa go o y g , ’ F r a n slo ve b tem ft to ft o wo m , y pe And to c king da nger in the fight ; ’ Bu t no w no wo m a n sc o uc h I tre a d,

A ro c ky c a vern ism y bed.

n e f e r Bjor r mained three days in the cave , be or the weathe moderated ; but on the fourth day came he home from the a xha u tted fe rva nt . w s e s heath to Kamb He much . The

' a fked t m him where he had been during the e peft. Bjorn tang

Well m y deedsa re kno wn ’ Under St r orn sba nner y bj , Steel-c la d Erik flew Ga lla nt m en in ba ttle

m l No w o n o u ntain wi d, Met b m a ic tho wer y g , Ou tlet

1” To the wo m en o fthe No rthern m entsto the tra veller who ha d tu f f a m i wasm o re pa rti c ularly entru tted fered fro m the tem pettu o ufnetso fthe the jyu ties fho fi i m n — o tal t a o h c h wea ther. A nti . A m er . p y, w i q wasinc luded tha t o fbringing dry Icelandic Sagas.

Ou tlet c o u ld no t find

’ “ Fro m the Witc hespo wer.

fo r n frin his Bjorn was now at home the wi ter. In p g A rnb o rn hisre fi denc e Ra u nhofn brother j fixed at Bakke in , B tim t le ndid t but j lived at Kamb , and kept a p hou e . The tame tummer bade Tho ro dd the Tri bute-buyer his

-in-Ia w Sno rri fea tt brother Godi to a at home at Froda, and S no rri him felf tw betook thither with enty men . And while m t fea tt ditc lo sed Tho ro dd S or i was at the , to him how he felt him felfboth ditgra c ed and injured by the vifitswhich

‘ o Afb ra ndto n m Thu rid f fi tte r Bj rn ade to his wi e , but to S no rri Godi : Tho ro dd faid that S no rri fho u ld remedy this ti t Sn rri few Th r d h . o o o d bad u ne s was there a days , and c t l r t t S no rri gave him o t y p e en swhen he went away. Godi f o u t wa s rode rom thence over the heath, and gave that he t o fRa u nho tn going to the hip in the Bay . This was in t fh o . ummer, at the time aymaking But when they came ’ f f S no rri : outh on Kamb s heath , then aid Now will we ” fro m f ride the heath down to Kamb, and I will tell you , aid vifit o f if he , that I will Bj rn , and take his li e, opportunity ff no t t fo r a re o ers, but attack him in the hou e , the buildings ttro ng

1“ ' “ Thete po etic a l efiufio nso fBj o rn But trufteth we!I am a So them e m an I a nno t ette ro m ru m ra h m letter m a e rha s a ea r fo m ewha t 1m 8 f y y , y’ p p , p ’ And Go d wo t rune ho ld 1 b u t httle better. ro a le to Ru lsh rea ders b ut the , p g ’ Alb E b “ sa b b i /”a d ” y ygg ga “ N o rthm en o f this perio d exhibited rea t rea dinetsin a fec ieso f ru de “ ’ g p Cette fingu liére m a niére de t ex ve fific a tio n the m elo d o f h c h was , y w i rim er éto it o u rta nt a ffez c o m m u ne r “ p p , c h1efl fo rm ed o n a ll1tera n . A? y qp et peut m a rquer teule c o m bie n c es la te 33 the t1m e OfCha u c er ta s3" ” , y i l eu p esfa to ient de c a sde a Po éfie . “ p l Wa lter S c o tt it wasc o nfidered a s ’ " , _ 1 d I l l do D fi, ft I tr d . ” a nne ' ’ y the m a r o fa o rthern m a n to ‘a fleét 1 k N m a rcfu ; B ea m ’ j m r And his a rto n hu s the lette . p t apo logiz esfo r no t rec iting a piec e o f 90 ttro n ttro n a nd r g here, and Bjorn is g ha dy, and we have but f n little orce ; and it is well know that men who have come , to f tu c c ets t even , with great orce , have, with little , at acked t infide t c a fe uch valiant men , in the hou e , as was the with Gitfu r a Geir Godi, and the white , when they att cked Gun o fLida re nd t nar , in his hou e , with eighty men , but he was l neverthele fs t there a one, and were ome wounded , and fta ed ttac others killed ; and they had y the a k, had not Geir heedtulnetso bfe rved wa sfh o rt o f Godi, with his , that he ” r fo ra tm uc h B tirn a ms. But as, continued he , j is now ex eéted r n out, which may be p , as it is good d yi g weather, to kintm a n Ma r f firft appoint I thee, my , to etch Bjorn the w c o nfide r ound ; but well that he is no man to trifle with, ex e ét f and that, wherever he is, you may p a hard blow rom tava e fif o nte t t a g wol , he , at the , receives not uch a wound t A nd f m as will cau e his death . nowwhen they rode down ro f ta w o the moor to the arm , they that Bj rn was out in the ho m eftead , working at a and there was nobody him with , and no weapons had he except a little axe , and a ’ f o f t a n s t f f u ted large kni e , a p leng h rom the ha t, which he fr fl e B ti rn ta w t S no rri o boring the holes in the edg . j hat Godi with his followers rode down from the moor into the m S no rri field , and knew the immediately. Godi was in a f rn blue cloak , and rode in ront . i made an immediate reto lve f ftra i ht , and took the kni e , and went g towards them ; teiz ed when they came together, he with the one hand the ’ a rm o fS no rri s f cloak, and with the other held he the kni e 1n

1“ Sm all o o den u nfh fl es r o d ed a e to the ha ar in the tum m er fea fo n. w g gg t, uted in Sc a ndina via fo r dra win in ha B ea m g y i/h .

Icelandic Sagas. no more trouble about my vifitsto Thu rid fo r the next ” f f ra t S n rri year. A ter this they epa ed ; o Godi rode to t f f e . the hip, and then hom to Helga ell The day ollowing

’ o to u thwa rds Ra u nhofn tea rode Bj rn to to go to , and he got t t immediately, in the ummer, a place in a hip, and they

- were very foo n ready . They put to tea with a north c att la tted t o f wind , which wind long during the ummer ; but t was r finc e this hip nothing hea d this long time.

V OYAGE OF GUDLEIF GUDLAUGSON.

. D 1 02 A . 9.

E b a S a a Co . 6 Vellu m F ra m ent N o . in . y r yggi g , f 4; g , 4456, 4to

THERE was a man called Gu dleif; he wasto n o fG udla ug o f f o f Tho rfinn f the Rich , Straum jord, and brother , rom Stu rlu n e rs detc ended G u dle ifwa whom the g are . sa great t Tho ro lf Lo t merchant, he had a merchant hip, but Eyrar p to n f a aintt G rd to n o f had another, that time they ought g y , v : lo G r th Sig ald Jarl then ft y d his eye . It happened in e laft years o fthe reign o fKi ng Olafthe Saint tha t G u dleif undertook a tra ding voyage to but when he fa iled f ft t rom the we , intended he to ail to Iceland ; he fa iled f ft o f w then rom the we Ireland, and met ith north c tt wa s fa r weft f - ft a winds, and driven to the and outh we , tea r t in the , whe e no land was to be een . But it was al r fa r e in t eady gon the ummer, and they made many prayers

‘ m f h M n — So e o t e SS . add l weftwardsfro m I c eland B ea tho wing tha t I rela nd wastpo k en o fas m i/E Icelandic Sagas.

pra yers that they might etc a pe from the tea ; and it came

t ta w . to pa s that they land It was a great land , but they re to lve knew not what land it was . Then took they the to t fo r o f ail to the land , they were weary contending longer f tea f with the violence o the . They ound there a good e t fho re harbor ; and when th y had been a hort time on , : o f came people to them they knew none the people , but it “ fo ke t rather appeared to them that they p Iri h . Soon came to them to great a number that it made up many t f teiz ed hundreds . The e men ell upon them and them all,

and bound them, and drove them up the country. There ttem b l f a . were they brought be ore an y, to be judged They u ndertto o d to to m e fo r m b ut much that were killing the , s dittrib u ted a m o n tt s other would have them g the inhabitant , w ta w . as and made flaves And while this going on , they r o f was where rode a g eat body men , and a large banner n m i tt tt bor e in the d . Then thought they that there mu be f fa w a chie in the troop ; but when it came near, they that u nder the banner rode a large and dignified man , who was ho retent w te . much in years, and hair was white All p f bowed down be ore the man , and received him as well as o bfe they could . Now rved they that all opinions and refo lu tio nsconcerning their b ufinetswere tubm itted to his dec ifi n o . Then ordered this man G u dle ifand his com f panions to be brought be ore him, and when they had come

“ E n helz t bo tt be m fem heir the I rith o rtsm ht be tu ted to i i , p , ig p ” m a t irtk u . Th sisa ve ry rem a rk ha ve ha d j u ft tufii c ient kno w edge o f l i ' i a e a tl a e a nd a ffo rdsthe ftro n eft the la n a e t de teét itsfo u ndshere bl p g , g u g o ( ro u ndsfo r e e n tha t the c o u ntr ro b a bg c o rru ted a nd u nderfta nd g b li vi g y p y p ), to h c h the ere dr e n ha d w i y w iv been the genera l m ea ning o fthe wo rds. revio u tl c o o n ed fro m I re a nd . The B m p y l iz l ea i/h . o rthm en fro m their interc o u rte with N , Icelandic Sagas.

f fo ke r come be ore this man , p he to them in the No thern ” a fked f tongue , and them rom what country they came . a nfwe red t tt o f They him tha the mo them were Icelanders. The man a fked which o fthem were Icelanders ? G u dleif f ta lu e aid that he was an Icelander. He then t d the old a fked fr f man , and he received it well , and om what part o n Gu dleiff wa f t Icela d he came. aid that he srom that di triét a Bo r afo rd r f which was c lled g j . Then inqui ed he rom o fBo r a fo rd G udleifa nfwere d u what part g j he came , and j ft a fked a lm o tt o f as it was. Then this man about every one the principa l men in Bo rga fj o rd and Breida fj o rd ; a nd when a r they t lked thereon , inqui ed he minutely about every firft o fS no rri fitt Thu rid o f thing, Godi, and his er Froda , K a rta n t n o f and mott about j her o . The people the fide to m e dec ifio n country now called out, on the other , that fea m n f fho u ld be made about the e . A ter this went the f o f m e n great man away rom them , and named twelve his him felf ta t with , and they a long time talking. Then went the o f f they to meeting the people , and the old man aid to “ G u dleif: I and the people o fthe country have talked b u finets the f together about your , and people have le t the m atter to me ; but I will now give ye leave to depart whence ye will ; but although ye m a y think that the tu m a lm o tt c o u nfel f mer is gone , yet will I ye to remove rom fo r r tru tted hence , he e are the people not to be , and bad to be fides deal with, and they think that the laws have been ” r G u dleifa nfwe red : fha ll broken to their inju y. What we fa iff s o wn r y, ate permit us to return to our count y, who has given us this freedom ? He a nfwe red : That can I not tell

you, “7 N rr n n a n o ae u . Se e a te , o te 30.

96 delivered over there thete valuables ; and people held it fo r ta wa s O THE C AMPIO o r EI cer in that this man BJ RN, H N BR DAV I a K , and no other ccount to be relied on is there in con “ firm a n f i w r tio o is . th s, except that hich now given he e

I“ The rea der will no do ubt c o m e to ha d bec o m e etta blithed asc hiefo fthe n lufi o n dra n b the I c e nha ta ntso f h o u n r the fa m e c o c w y i bi t e c t y. H e finds la ndersret eétin the ide nut o fthe him asm ht na tu ra ll ha ve een ex p g y , ig y b “ ” “ a ed c h e f to who te enero tit a nd éted ttric ken in ea rs a nd his g i , g y , , fn endly feeling C udleifa nd hisc o m a ir waswhite fo r j Orn ha d left I c e a n o ns e re to m u c h inde ted a nd la nd fo r o m tbo r in the rim e o f fe p i w b , J g p li , u nhefi ta ti n l ro no u nc e him to ha e bad a fter ta n a rt in the a c h e e g p v , ki p i v been no ne 01 er tha n BJORN ASBR A ND m entso f the o m tvikingsup to the N TH E HAMP ION OF BRE I DAV I K dea th o fPa lna t ki in u n SO , C , o 3, ret r ed to who it b e rem e m e red ha d fet ta l a nd refided in I c e a n u nti a nd , will b , i l l 999, a o u t thirt ea rs e fo re w th a no rth no w thirt i ntersha d a tted o er his b y y b , i y w p v ea tt nd a nd ha d no t finc e een hea rd head finc e hisu t m a te de a rtu re fro m wi , b l i p m rd n o f hisn t n f Th r a rka e a c c o a c e a ll a e a d . The lo c a o o f. e e bl iv l lity the the e rfo na l de ta sto h c h the r ter ne difc o vered c o u nt isne t to be p il , w i w i wly x n a im rm No i in evide ntly a tta c he sthe pri c ip l 1 de te i ned . w fa e b e dra wn ta nc e th the hifto ric a l e ents ic h ru nn n no rth- c a tt a nd fo uth- eft the , wi v , w i g w , a re o n nc denta ! a uded to ena e c o u rte o fB orn Afb ra ndto n fro m the ly i i l ll , bl j , u sto de term ne a te sa nd nte rva s ettern c o a ft o fI c e a nd a nd a no ther i i l w l , o fti m e with a degree o fa c c u ra c y tha t in the fa m e dire étio n (the c o u rte o f p a c esthe tru th o fthe na rra t ve b e Gu dleif Gu dla ugto n) fro m the weft l ' i o nd a ll u ettio n a nd vesa h h de c o a tt o fI re a nd the o u d interteét y q , ig l , y w l in tt to the e two vo ea c h o ther o n he fo u the rn fh r c c o f tere y es. t o eso f The m e nt o n o fS u rd a r o fthe 1 k the Un ted Sta tes to m ewhere a o u t i ig J l i , b ne sPa lna to ki St rb o rn the ne he Ca ro na o r Geo f ia . h s o fitio n y , , y j p w li T i p o fE ri o fS ede n the a tt e o f rit a c c o rdswe th t e detc ri tio n Ofthe k w , b l F ll wi p vo d S no rri Go d the la tter a rt o the o c a t Ofthe r c o u ntr i en b the l , i , p l li y i y, g v y ” re n o fKm O a fthe Sa nt esa Sk rze lm sto Tho rfinn Ka rlfefne a nd ig l i , giv , c hro no lo ic a c ha ra éter to the na rra whic h 1 e N o rthm en believed to b e ’ tivesa n ena e su sto th c o nfi Wh te Ma n s a nd o r G R E AT I RE , bl fix wi i L , de nc e nea r the exa ét er o d o fthe LA ND a sa to th the eo ra h c al ly p i , l wi g g p i H e it a rs f a pri nc ipal e ve nts. nc e a ppe tha t no tic eso the fm e la nd whi c h ha ve G u dleifG u dla u to n ta ilin fro m the weft een a rea d a ddu c ed a nd he n to g , g b l y ; w o fI re a nd in the ea r 1 02 th a no rth the fe e de nc es b e a dded the fta te l y 9, wi vi c a tt nd isdr en fa r to the fo u th m e ntso fG u dleifa nd hisc o m a n o ns wi , iv p i a nd fo u th - weft here no a nd wa sto ret eétin the a n u a e o fthe na t e s , w l p g l g g iv . ” b e te e n a nd tha t a fter e n ex o fed w hic h a ea red to them to be I n , , b i g p pp fi , fo r m a ny da ysto the vio lenc e o fthe there ise very rea to u to c o nc lu de tha t ndsa nd a es he a t e n th nds th swa sthe Hvitra m a nna la nd A a wi w v , l g fi i , lb fhelter u o n a c o a ft he re B o rn nia o r I rla nd m ikla o fthe N o rth p , w j , ed Atb ra ndto n who ha d l ft I c e a nd th m n e e . , l wi no rth- c a tt w ndsth rt ea rs efo re The no tic eso fthe c o u ntr c o nta ned i i y y b , y i Icelandic Sagas.

' in thete two na rra tivesare do ubtlefs Pro feflo r Ra fn iso fo nio n tha t the , , pi ’ tc a nt a nd m ere nc denta l the o h Wh te Man s a nd o r Grea t I rela nd y, ly i i , i L , eét o fthe narra to rs e n evidentl o fthe o rthm en wa sthe c o un fi t j b i g y N , to tra c e the ro m a nt c a nd a d e ntu ro u s u a ted to the fo u th o fChefa ea ke a i v p y , c a reer o fthe Cha m o n o fBre ida vik nc u d n o rth a nd So uth Ca ro na pi , i l i g N li , r sv fhi n r da — B e m a nd the e o u o a e o sc o u tr Geo ia a nd Ea tt lo ri . a h . p il y g y g , F i/ m n u t t r ir u m n i E r r i m nsin e b h s e c c tta c e sa n OT . he e a e nt a tio , i v y N T i a rgu m ent in fa vo r o fthe ho nett o fthe Sc a ndina via n m a nutc ripts o f o ther fta tem ent a re dsthe tu o d I rith v a sm a d to the no rth a nd est s pp o y ge e w , fe ttlem ent a n the fi m e a nd u n re — a stha t o fE r Bitho o fGreen ; pl p ik, p tend n c ha ra éter o f o th na rra t es la nd in 1 1 2 1 tha t o fAda lb ra nd a nd i g b iv , , tu o rted a sthe a re b hitto ric al re H el a to n in 1 2 a nd a no ther in 1 pp y y g 85, 347 , c renees c o n rm a to r o fthe r nc al — bu t o fthete the nfo rm a t o n isto o , y p p ' fi i i i i e e nts vesto thefe inc identa l a llu nde n te to be in a n de ree fa tisfa c v , i fi i y g ti o nsa e c c o f m o rta nc e to h c h to r a nd a c c o rdin l the ha ve no t i p w i y, y y

n in i . they wo n! no t o therwite be entitled . bee c luded in sc o lleétio n A S Y N O P S I S

OF TH E

H ISTORICAL EV IDENCE CONTAINED IN THE P E EDING P GES “ R C A .

BY PRO ESSOR C A ES C RIS IA RA F H RL H T N FN .

’ BIA E HERIULESON sV O AGE I N THE EAR 8 RN Y Y 9 6.

frin o f 86 RIK THE RED , in the p g 9 , emigrated f r nl fr fettlem e nt rom Iceland to G ee and, o med a refide nc e Bra ttahlid there, and fixed his at in E rik fi rd wh so . Among others o accompa nied He riu lfBa rdto n efta blifhed him was , who him riu lfnes 1A E to n o f felf He s . at B RN , the the latter, was at that time a btent on a trading voyage to Norway ; but in c o u rfe o fthe t r r the umme returning to Ey ar, in Iceland, a nd n f had r fi ding that his ather taken his departu e , this reto lved ttill t e nd f bold navigator to p the ollowing winter, ” n f like all the preceding o es, with his ather, although neither he nor any o fhis people had ever navigated the Greenland t a e .

“ “ ” I ro m nti ui ll t m ri r r nt F A qta tesAm eric a na , c o a ed with the A e c a n ep i o f 1 838.

I OO

fa r and who had been ve r fo n o f e fin hi hi the , y d L i sc ld I n 1 m ho o d. the year 000 they co menced the p ro jeéted vo e a nd firtt to the a n w h a rn had tee n yag , came l d hic Bi e

aft. a tt n o a nd w n n fh r N ra f wa l They c a ch r e t o o e . o g s s teen ; but eve rywhere in this co untry were vatt ic e -m o u n a s la c iers the n e e fa c e tw t et t in (g ), and i term diat p be een h e t r was a s w re n f a n o f and the ho e , it e , one u i orm p l i fla te (hello ) : the country appearing to them deftitu te o f u i s a e H ELLULAND good q alit e , they c ll d it . They put out to tea to n alt n , and came a other land where they o went o fho re r étt n r . The count y wa slevel (j l ) a d cove ed with s t e r c lifiso f wood , and, where o ver they went, there we e white t a nd—a r hvitir lo w c o att b- a -bra tt and (f ), and a ( f ) ; they a A D c lled the country MARKL N (Wo o dla nd ). From thence

fl tea -c tt they again ood out to , with a north a wind, and t fo r fr a n continued ailing two days be o e they made land ag i . They then cam e to an ifla nd which lay to the ea ftwa rd o f m l t itla nd the ain and, and entered a channel be ween this and a promontory p ro jeéting in an ea fte rly (and northerly) t f t wettwa rd direc ion rom the mainland . They ailed in

f dr - waters where there was much ground le t y at ebb tide . f t a A terwards they went on hore at a pl ce where a river, ittu in f f t a e . g rom a lake, ell into the They brought their t f r hip into the river, and rom thence into the lake , whe e c o nftru éted t r they catt anchor. Here they ome tempo ary

- af m log huts ; but, terwards, when they had ade up their m w r b t a f ind to inte there , they built large ou es, terwards E1r n 1 R L i th called L st m ( efsbo o s). When the buildings were c m fd o pleted , Lei ivided his people into two companies, who ho u fes were by turns employed in keeping watch at the , and the E vidence. and in making fm a ll exc u rfio nsfo r the p u rpo te o fexploring t : inftru étio ns m the country in the vicini y his to the were , that they fho u ld not go to a greater difta nc e than that they m c o u rfe o f fa m e ight return in the the evening, and that fho u ld te a ra t f f o they not p e rom one another. Lei to k his a lto n re turn , joining the explori g party the one day, and n ho u fes to o ne maini g at the the other. It happened that r T rk r wa lli f d e s . day the Ge man , y , mi ng Lei accor ingly fea rc h o f went out with twelve men in him , but they had fa r f b t not gone rom their ou es, when they met him coming w f r to to ards them . When Lei inqui ed why he had been n a btent firft n lo g , he at answered in Germa , but they did u ndertta nd f f not what he aid . He then aid to them in the “ t : f Nor e tongue I did not go much arther, yet I have a ditc o very to acquaint you with ; I have found vines and f r h d . o a grapes He added , by way confi mation , that he e r o f b en born in a count y where there was plenty vines . m fo r They had now two occupations ; viz ., to hew ti ber t c o lleét : t tt loading the hip, and grapes with the e la they ’ fhi - f filled the p slong boat. Lei gave a name to the coun tr I A D V ne a nd frin i l . y, and called it V NL N ( ) In the p g they f i f m r ailed aga n ro thence, and returned to G eenland .

’ TH ORWALD E R1KSON S EXPEDITION To MORE SO UTH ERN EG O S R I N .

’ Leifs Vineland voyage was now a fubjeét o ffrequent c o nve rta tio n O WA D in Greenland, and his brother TH R L was o fopinion that the country ha d not been tu fli c iently ex ’ lo red f t p . He accordingly borrowed Lei s hip, and , aided by Sy nopsisof

’ c o u nfel direétio ns by his brothers and , commenced a voy in 1 00 2 v Le ifb th . so o s age the year He arri ed at , in Vine t ent land, where they p the winter, he and his crew employing th m fl fifhin frin f1 00 a t n e e vesin g. In the p g o 3Thorw ld e t ’ a party in the thip slong-boat on a voyage o fditc o ve ry t u thwa rd fu u f a nd o s. They o nd the country bea ti ul well t a w wooded , with but lit le sp ce bet een the woods and the tea likewite exte nfive o f f ; there were ranges white and, and itla n a ll f a o f many dsand fh o ws. They ound no tr ces men v f itla nd ha ing been there be ore them , excepting on an lying r f fh wettwa d ed. to the , where they ound a wooden They ifb th u f f did not return to Le so o s ntil the all . In the ollow t m 1 00 f ea ftwa rd ing u mer, 4, Thorwald ailed with the large t w tt a l t hip, and then north ard pa a remarkable he d and enclo o o fi te a ing a bay , and which was pp to another headl nd .

- a They called it KI ALARNES (Keel C p e) . From thence they fa iled ea fte rn c o a ft o f nea rett along the the land, into the firths ro eéted , to a promontory which there p j , and which w was everywhere overgrown with wood . There Thor ald a f r wa to at went ho e with all his companions. He s ple ed with this place tha t he exclai m ed : This is beautifu l ! and fho u ld fix ! f here I like well to my dwelling A terwards, o bfe rved when they were preparing to go on board , they on t n he the andy beach, withi t promontory, three hillocks , and f o o f repairing thither they ound three can es, under each which were three Sk rze lings(t u im a u x) ; they came to etc a ed blows with the latter, and killed eight, but the ninth p f w c o u ntlet u iffu e d f with his canoe . A ter ards a sn mber orth a a intt f o f e ndea v g them rom the interior the bay. They ored to protect them felvesby ra ifing battle tc ree nson the ’ fhip S

SE EME E EC ED I N V I ELA D BY OR I N. TTL NT FF T N N , TH F N

f tu 1 006 In the ollowing mmer, , there arrived in Green land two fhipsfrom Iceland : the one wa scomm anded by O I fi nific a nt tu rna m e o f A TH RF NN, having the very g K RL SEF NE ro m ifes isdeftined one who p , or to be an able or rf o fillu ftrio us great man), a wealthy and powe ul man , line t ru n f Da nifh Swedifh t age, and p g rom , Norwegian, , Iri h , Sc o ttifh a nc etto rst o f m o f a and , ome who were kings or roy l f n w E THORBRA NDSON de c e t. a s O He accompanied by SN RR , w f f ittin u ithed who a sal o a man o d g lineage. The other t 1A E GRI MOLF SON o f hip was commanded by B RN , Breide TH RH ALL AMLA N fA u ftfio r fio rd O G SO o d. , and , They kept f i l f Chriftm a s Bra tta hli Tho rfinn eft va o . the Yule, or , at d o fGudrida O t o f became enamoured , and btained the con ent

-in- f her brother law, Lei ; and their marriage was celebrated t o f f o c c a fio ns in the cour e the winter. On this, as on ormer , the voyage to Vineland formed a favorite theme o fconver ta tio n Tho rfinn wasu w f , and rged both by his i e and others uc h wa reto lved to undertake f a voyage . It saccordingly frin o f1 00 Ka rlfefne r o u t on . In the p g 7, and Snor e fitted

t Tho rha ll likewite . their hip, and Biarne and equipped theirs ’ t i G udrida sf A third hip (be ng that in which ather, Thor

' biOrn f e , had ormerly come to Greenland) was command d T HORWARD r REY DISA by , who was ma ried to F , a natural daughter o fErik the Red and on board the thip was alto o f o fTHOR HALL to a man the name , who had long rved Erik hu ntfm a n t t -ttewa rd w as in ummer and as hou e in inter, and who had much acquaintance with the uncolo nized parts o f n Greenla d. 1 0 the E vidence. 5

r c o nfitted o f G eenland . The whole expedition one hundred and fixty men ; and they took with them all kinds Oflive fto c k efta blifh if tti , it being their intention to a colony, po t firtt Wefterb d f r ble . They ailed to the yg , and a terwa ds to Bia rney From thence they fa iled in a to u therly t HE LLULA ND w f f direc ion to , here they ound many oxes ; and to u therl dire étio n A A D again two days in a y to M RKL N , r w d fl fto c ked a count y overgrown with oo , and plenti u ly

f - ft with animals. Leaving this, they continued in a outh we dire étio n fo r fta rbo a rd a long time, having the land to , until KIALARNES re they at length came to , where the were track t deterts a t le s and long be ches and ands, called by them F RDUSTRANDI R tt t f in U . Pa ing the e , they ound the land ha d A E dented by inlets. They two Scots with them , H K HE KI A f f f and , whom Lei had ormerly received rom the fTr va to n r t t Norwegian king, Ola ygg , and who were ve y wi t ff t r o . oot They put them on hore , ecommending them to

c f - ft dire étio n pro eed in a outh we , and explore the coun f t o f r try. A ter the lap e three days they eturned, bringing t a t Of r with them ome gr pes and ome ears wheat, which g ew r rt wild in that egion . They continued their cou e until they came to a place where a firth penetra ted fa r into the coun t r Ofi o f ifla nd tt y . the mouth it was an , pa which there ttro n wa s t c afe f ran g currents , which al o the arther up the ifla nd im m e nfe Of firth . On the there were an number c - to wasfc a rc el o tfi ble ider ducks, that it y p to walk without al ifla nd STRAUMEY treading on their eggs . They c led the a e th STRA MF I D S trea m F irth S tre m e U OR R . ( M ), and firth ( ) t o f a re They landed on the hore this firth , and m de p para fo r refide nc e wa tions their winter . The country sextremely if beaut ul . f T beauti ul . hey confined their operations to exploring the r Tho rha ll f wa wifhed count y. a ter rds to proc eed in a north t u ef o f Ka rlfefne f r direc ion in qt Vineland . cho e ather to

f - f Th rha ll t. o go to the outh we , and eight men with him, f aft F u rsu ftra ndir a nd Kia la rnes quitted them , and ailed p ; re wefte rl c o a ft o f but theywe driven by y gales to the Ireland, o ff where, according to the accounts ome traders, they were Ka rlfefne w t beaten and made flaves . , together i h Snorre ’ r it o f fhi s and Biarne, and the e the p companies, in all one

r - X X fa fu thwa e o ne CX . o rds hund d and thirty ( I ) men , iled , and arrived at the place where a river falls into the fea from O o fite o f a lake . pp to the mouth the river were large ifla nd fl al s. a They eered into the lake , and c led the pl ce ' ’ Hop z H o e r f f ( p ). On the low g ounds they ound fields o r w rifin wheat g o ing wild ; and on the g ground, vines. While o bfe rved re looking about one morning, they a g at number f f fi n l o . a s canoes As they exhibited riendly g , the canoes o approached nearer to them, and the natives lo ked with a ni m n Th f r fto fh e t at tho fe they met there . e e people we e f - ha d o f allow, and ill looking ; ugly heads hair, large eyes, a f ha d fo r and bro d cheeks . A ter they gazed at them awhile,

- l i they rowed away again to the fouth we l: pa t the cape . Ka rlfefne and his company had ere cted their dwelling ho u fes t fent a lit le above the bay, and there they p the win N i fl f f ter. o now e l , and the cattle ound their ood in the f 1 8 O . o 00 pen field One morning early, in the beginning , they defc ried a number o fcanoes coming from the fouth -weft it Ka rlfefne fhie ld pa the cape . having held up a white as a f fi na l m riendly g , they drew nigh , and i mediately commenced Th f f f . e e bartering people cho e in pre erence red cloth , and gave

’ 1 0 8 Sy nofiszsof

f f a ib ftruc k with a ear ul cr . This terror into the Northmen , fl F re difa fee and they ed along the river. y came out, and in fl the : {t g them ying, exclaimed How can out men like fl f thefe m ife ra ble c a itifis you y rom , whom I thought you ! If could knock down like cattle I had only a weapon , I ween I could fight better than any o fyou I They heeded

not her words. She tried to keep pace with them , but the R o f : advanced ate her pregnancy retarded her she , however, {he followed them into the wood . There encountered a dead body : it was THORBRAND S NORRASON ; a flat {tone ’ fl fit ( r was icking a in his head , and his naked wo d lay by his fi { r f he rfelf de o . ; this he to k up , and prepa ed to de end She

b o fo m ftru c k e { . uncovered her , and it with the nak d word Se lin s ra n o fi At this fight the g became terrified , and to Ka rlfefne ft their canoes. and the re now came up to her, ra i h r r r and p fed e courage . They we e now bec ome awa e r {t that, although the count y held out many advantages, ill the life that they would have to lead here would be one o f o n a nt f ho file o f c fi alarm rom the t attacks the natives. They f fo r r refo lu there ore made preparations departu e , with the o f a fw r r . e t a d tion returning to their own count y Sailing , Strea m firth Ka rlfefn e o f they arrived in . then took one the fhi s f u eft o fTho rha ll ft p , and ailed in q , while the re remained w Ki l r . c a a nes behind They pro eeded north ards round , and ,

f - f t. a ter that, were carried to the north we The land lay to the larboard o fthem ; there were thick fo refisin all direc f fc a rc l f fa r ee e a c e . tions, as as they could , with y any open p c o nfidered tho fe They the hills at Hope , and which they fa w f o f ra now , as orming part one continued nge . They ’ f nt Stre am fir h Ka rlffn fn e t . e e s o p the third winter at , r Sno re, t/ze E vidence. 1 0 9

o f f Snorre , was now three years age . When they ailed f fo u the rl rom Vineland, they had y wind , and came to Mark Skr lin a s. land, where they met with five g They caught two o f them (two boys), whom they carried away with them , f and taught them the Nor e language , and baptized them . ic f V ETHI LLDI The children aid that their mother was called , and their father UV /EGE ; they faid that the Sk ra lingswere f k o f a V A ruled by chie tains ( ings), one whom was c lled A LL DAMO V ALDI DI DA re ho u fes N , and the other ; that there we no r in the count y , but that the people dwelt in holes and m Grim o lfso n th e s. Biarne was driven into the Iri Ocean, and came into waters that were fo infefted with worms that i nfe u enc nkin i their fh p was in c o q e reduced to a fi g late . o f fa ved Some the crew, however, were in the boat, as it fm ea red f - had been with eal oil tar, which is a preventive a a in a f Ka rlfefne g tt the att ck o worms. continued his voy r fi r E ikso d. age to Greenland, and arrived at

V O AGE OF F REYDI SA I-I ELGE AND F I NNBOGE O I Y , , ; TH RF NN SE ES I ICE A D TTL N L N .

fam fu m m e r 1 0 1 1 re During the e , , the arrived in Green a ( f m land hip rom Norway, co manded by two brothers, f A u itfio rd E GE a nd F I NNBOGE rom in Iceland, H L , who a ffed f F REY DI SA p the ollowing winter in Greenland . went ro o fed to them, and p p a voyage to Vineland , on the condi tion that they fh o uld th are equally with her in all the profits : a ffented which the voyage might yield to this they . Frey difa and thefe brothers entered into a mutual agreement that each party fho uld have thirty able-bodied m en on board their Sy nopsis“ of

fhi befides F re difa their p , women ; but y immediately devi f r t ated rom the ag eemen , and took with her five additional fhe 1 0 1 2 f men , whom concealed . In they arrived at Lei s

fent f . booths, where they p the ollowing winter The con duct o fF reydifa o c c a fio ned a c o o lnefsand difta nc e between the parties ; and by her fu btle artsthe ultim ately pre va iled ' hufb a nd to m a fiac re r f on her the brothe s and their ollowers. f tr t o f a f frin A ter the perpe a ion this b e deed, they, in the p g o f1 0 1 r r Tho rfinn 3, eturned to Greenland , whe e lay ready fa i fo r wa s a fo r fa d : to l Norway, and w iting a ir win the fhi fo p he commanded was richly laden, that it was generally admitted that a more valuable cargo had never left Green f a w f f land . As oon sthe ind became avorable he ailed to r fent f w n a nd f No way, where he p the ollo i g winter, old his wasre f fo r goods. Next year, when he ady to ail Iceland, f r there came a German rom B emen , who wanted to buy a piece o fwood from him : he gave fo r it halfa mark o fgold :

the o f z - re fo it was wood the Ma er t e , r m Vineland . Karl fefne f 1 0 1 went to Iceland , and in the ollowing year, 5 , he Gla u m bce efia te Ska efio rd rt bought the , in g , in the no hland r refided o f if quarter, whe e he during the remainder his l e . fo n rre o rn His , Sno , who had been b in America, was his

' fuc c fl r fta t e o e e. on this When the latter married , his r f e mother made a pilg image to Rome , and a terwards return d ’ f ho u fe Gla u m b oe ha d to her on s at , where he in the mean r time orde ed a church to be built. The mother lived long rec lu fe illu ftrio u as a religious . A numerous and srace de fc e nded f Ka rlfefne rom , among whom may be mentioned r bifho Tho rla k Ru no lfso n 1 08 o f the lea ned p , born in 5 , ’ S no rre s lf we daughter, Ha rida, to whom are principally indebted

THE O PINIO N OF PRO FESSO R RA F N

AS TO THE

I DENTITY OF TH E PLACES V I SITED ON TH E AMERI CAN OAS T E S AN I NAV I AN V O A E S C T BY H C D Y G R .

SU V EY F TH E P E EDIN EV I EN A R O R C G D CE.

GEOG A P AND Y D OG A P R HY H R R HY.

IT is a fortunate c irc u m fta nc e that thefe ancient a ccounts h re fe rved eo ra /zic a l f na u tic a l ave p not only g g p , but al o and a lro no m ic a l a i ls h f o fitio n o f / f , t at may erve in fixing the p na nti a f the lands and places named . The c l fa ttsare o fpe ‘ c ia l h fu fli importance , although itherto they have not been c ie ntly attended to ; thefe c o nfift in fta tem entso fthe c o u rfe fteered difta nc e f and the ailed in a day. From data in the La ndna m a and feve ra l other ancient Icelandic geographical ’ difta nc e o f f works, we may gather that the a day s ailing was eftim a ted at twenty-fe ve n to thirty geographical miles Da nifh o f f r (German or , which fi teen are equal to a deg ee , each 1 1 Identity oftne Places Visited. 3 ea c o fthefe a r f En lifh fea h being, cco dingly, equal to our g m n o fHELLULAND f iles). From the i and , a terwards called Hellu la nd f Heriulfsnes I é 'eit little , Biarne ailed to ( ig in

ttro n f -weflerl f Greenland, with g outh y gales, in our days. The difla nc e between that cape and N ewfo u ndla nd is about fif m c o rre fo nd one hundred and ty iles, which will p , when o nfidera tio n ftro n m r we take into c the g gales. In ode n defc riptio nsit is fta ted that this land partly c o nfiftso fnaked fh rub rocky flats, where no tree, nor even a , can grow, and which are therefore u fu a lly called B a r rens; thus a nfwe r lzellnr o f f ing completely to the the ancient Northmen , rom n which they amed the country.

A A D fitu a te f - ft o fHellu la nd dif M RKL N was to the outh we , ’ f f tant about three days ail , or rom eighty to ninety miles. N o va S c o tia o f detc ri tio ns Here, then , we have , which the p given by later writers a nfwe r to tha t given by the ancient “ ” Northmen o fMarkland : the land is low in general ; “ c o a ft fea - the to the ward being level and low, and the “ fho res w marked with white rocks ; the land is low, ith ” f c lifis r vifible fea f white andy , particula ly at , ays the new ” North American Pilot , by J . W . Norie , and another American failor on the fho re are fome c lifiso fexceed re level c o rrefo nd m ingly white (and . He p sco pletely to “ ” ” l étt lo w to t/ze ea -wa rd ib the Icelandic j , j to the ort ' ex reffio n ri e -Ma tt m /zite a na c it ! p f , and f y y to the “ ' ” it- zr a nd-a r o f o rthm e n av . f f the N Nova Scotia , as al o

Bru nfwic k r C fitua te in- n New and Lowe anada, more la d, which probably may be c o nfidered as all belonging to the a n o fthe a re a lm o fl: w r Markl d Northmen , every here cove ed

VI NLAND i s Places V ited.

’ need only a party o fBedouin Arabs to c ro fsthe travellers f fa n path, to make him eel that he was in the depths o ” A ra bia n o r Lib a n d ert y ef . A remarkable natural phe no m e no n o bfe rved re has f m o fl , which is the , al o probably { v f had a hare in gi ing ri e to that peculiar name . It is thus defc rib ed by the fame author : In c ro fli ng t/ze [ a ndso fthe a in nla r m ira e n cape , I noticed j g g or deception . In Orlea s , fo r infta nc e feem ed a fc endin o f r , we to be g at an angle th ee or four degrees ; nor wa sI convinced that fu c h was not the f t fim ila r a fc ent ca e, until urning about I perceived that a

' a uft a fle d fha ll appeared in the ro d j p over. I not attempt re to explain this optical deception , but merely mark that it is probably o fthe fame kind as that o bfe rved by Hum ’ o f : f boldt on the Pampas Venezuela All around us, ays ’ ‘ fee m ed a fc end fk he , the plains to towards the y. Thus we o bfe rve that the appellation given by the ancient North flra nds t o fc o aft N a n c t B ea c n men to the three or trac s , / , CIza tfza m B ee c k M o no m o B ea c /z , and y , is remarkably appro r a t p i e .

' Gn S trea m al iflu es The great tf , as it is c led, which f lfo f l C rom the Gu Mexico, and runs between F orida, uba, m Ifles fo t and the Baha a , and northwards in a direc ion ea fte rn c o a flo f o f parallel to the North America, and which h f the c annel , in ancient times, is aid to have approached {till re c o aft o c c a fio ns r s rec ifel nea r to the , g eat current p y at n o ina fm uc h eninfula o fBa rnfta le o fiers this place, as the p p o o fitio n the tir as c fr m to u thwa r pp to eam , it omes o the d. The

“ ” ” 13° The rea t c urrents o fthe Gulf it the eninsula r o fCa e Co d o g by p p , r ' ” r a nd th o o fitio n o flered Barnih l alto th r m a St e am , e pp to p e, are ge e tte r:f

s Places Vi ited.

’ need only a party o fBedouin Arabs to cro ts the travellers f o fa n path, to make him eel that he was in the depths ” A a bia n o r Lib a n de ert n r y / . A remarkable atural phe no m e no n o bfe rved r f lt , which is the e , has al o mo probably { v f had a hare in gi ing ri e to that peculiar name . It is thus defc ribed by the fa me author : In c ro fli ng the [ a ndso fthe a in u la r m ira e n cape , I noticed j g g or deception . In Orlea s , fo r infta nc e feem ed a fc endin o f r , we to be g at an angle th ee or four degrees ; nor wa sI convinced that fuc h was not the f fim ila r a fc ent ca e, until turning about I perceived that a i a ffe d fha ll appeared in the road ju l p over. I not attempt O m to explain this ptical deception , but erely remark that it is probably o fthe fame kind as that o bfe rved by Hum ’ o f : f boldt on the Pampas Venezuela All around us, ays ’ h ‘ fee m ed a fc end ik e . , the plains to towards the y Thus we o b fe rve that the appellation given by the ancient North m e n flra nds tra étso fc o a ft N a u et B ea c h to the three or , f , Cha tha m B ea c h M o no m o B ea c h r , and y , is remarkably app o ria te p . Gu S trea m a iflu es The great lf , as it is c lled , which f lfo f C rom the Gu Mexico, and runs between Florida, uba, m Ifles fo w ti and the Baha a , and north ards in a direc on ea fte rn c o a flo f o f parallel to the North America , and which f the channel , in ancient times, is aid to have approached flill c o aft o c c a fio ns r s rec ifel nearer to the , g eat current p y at n o ina fm uc h a s eninfu la o fBa rnfta le o fie rs this place, the p p O fitio n ftre a m as c f m the to uthwa r o d. pp to the , it omes ro The

“ ” 11° The rea t c urrents o fthe Gulf it the ninsula r fCa Co d g by pe o pe , o r ” r and th o fitio n o ffered Barnfta le al o th r m a St e am , e o pp to p , are t ge e tte ?f dentity ofthe

The STRAUMFIORDR o fthe ancient Northmen is fu ppo fed ’ ’ B u z z a rd sB a STRAUMEY M a rtha sVine a rd to be y ; and , y ; although the accounts o fthe m any eggs found there would {ee m m ore p rec ifely to c o rrefp o nd to the ifla nd which lies ’ o fl ha o f h the en nce Vineyard Sound , and w ich to this day E I l nd is called gg fa . ANES Ga rnet P o int m KROSS is probably . It ust have been fo m e wha t to the northward o f this that Ka rlfefne fa w r The B lu e H ills landed, when he the mountain ange ( ), which he c o nfide red as forming part o fthe fame range that extends to the region where we recogniz e the pla ce named Ho i H o e p ( p ) . HOP h fm all The word , in Icelandic , may eit er denote a rec efs f f f , or bay, ormed by a river rom the interior alling f tea n fn into an inlet rom the , or the la d bordering on ch a ’ ’ O HAUP sBAY bay. To this Mount Hope s Bay, or M NT , as the

F o r the ur o fe o fObtainin and veloc t var ith the forc e and direc ti on o f o ffa nc y. p p g i y y y WindS nfrm a t o n o n th sub eét a c c u ra te i o e j , ' i V ery we a ddrefled a no te to the Sn rintend DW E A R D P . Lo u , e nt o fthe Co a ft Su rve a n rec ei ved d ro r lzi c s H a I n cto r s. , e U. c . s. y y g p p , . - Mr E D ND F rfr u . Su . the fo llo wm g reply: . U a n The velo c ity o fthe Gu lfStrea m in h ° t e Stra i tso f lo ri da la t . 2 AST v F , 5 we U . S . CO S u n xv Orr rc s, . kno w to b e o nl o ne a nd fe ve nth- tenths a : m ” S ) y W ,l y qt. 7 i 876. o fa m l u Vi — e per ho r. da Le tter o fPro DB AR Sm Y o u r letter o fa 8th Auguft to ' i ffl Pe i r e o r c e Su t . U . . a , p S Co fl S u r h ga m a “ , o f the Co m Surv t e m ey, w V C a m m a ] A m Geo (”1 d u d ting c erta in info rm a tio n rega rding the Gulf Y: g S ta t ° tro m o ffCa e Co d in la ts. 1 to h a s I. S o c . gO I I . . c m s l . I e o t a p 4 , , p t v c i y c a n m M abfente been refu n d to thi sOffic e fo r , no t the refo re b e m u c h o er o ne m le l , , v i re p y. er ho ur 06 Ca e COd a nd ‘ftts p p , weft The ac tual o hferva tionso fthe Coaft Survey er“ l m t isQ “ M l dred a nd e ht do no t extend fu rther no rth tlu n lat. b u t g y , i i , i i m i lesdrfta nt i t IS va rn to o o in th e Britifh Adm i ralty c hart the velo c ity o f , l k to the the Gulffitrea m o ffC a Co d i l ° e s. 1 i p n a r 4 and Gu lf Strea m fo r a ny expla na tio n o f 42 asgi ven fro m o ne to two kno ts ho u r ’ , the c u rrentsin the regio n o fBu zza rd s and itsdrfta nc e (wettern lim it ) asa u t o ne B a . There a re u ndo u b tedlv c u rre nts hundred and ei ht m il sit ll y g y e , fo o wing genera llv the o ne hundred fm v the re b u t the c lea rl a r fe fro m o ther . c u r e . 1 believe tha t all , y y i a utho riti es ree in the fac t tha t u f ag itspe ti tio n c a es. B laces Vi sited

c o rre fo nds the Indians term it, p , through which the Taunton o f River flows , and , by means the very narrow yet navi Po c a ffe t o f gable River, meets the approaching water the S ea c o nnet HO e ocean at its exit at . It was at this p that Leifsb o o ths fitu a te was f tt were ; it above it, and there ore mo probably on the beautiful elevation called afterwards by the O HAUP Tho rfinn Ka rlfefne t Indians M NT , that erec ed his

-ho u f dwelling es.

M AN D S I CLI ATE O L.

Concerning the climate o fthe country and the quality o f f f f o f ct the oil , and al o concerning ome its produ ions, the fu ndr illu flra tiv ancient writings contain y e remarks. The climate was lo mild that it appeared the cattle did not re f fo r fno w f quire winter odder ; there came no , and the gra s fli htl u fe fim ila r ex r fli was but g y withered . Warden s p e o ns “ ’ re fpeéting this region : La tem pera tu re eit fi douce que la vé éta tio n o u re ra rem en t da ro id u de la éc here e g f f f o f fi . ’ ’ ’ ’ le a ra disde l A m éri u e On l appelle p o , parce quelle l em fu r fa fitu a tio n fo n fo l et fo n porte les autres lieux par , ” “ exc u rfio n f m climat . An ro Taunton to Newport , R . I . , M c o ndu éts down Taunton River and ount Hope Bay, the ” fc ene r o f lo veline fs f traveller among y great beauty and , ays “ f Hitchcock ; and when he adds, that the beauti ul appear

' o f inte reflin hifto ric a l a flo c ia ance the country, and the g t c o nfire tions connec ed with that region , p to keep the ” f ta fte attention alive , and to grati y the , he will find that this laft remark is applicable to times much more remote o f ex refiio n than he thought , when he gave p to the above fntim ent e .

Places Vi sited.

’ r inu m r r h , which g ows he e , and w ich is called bird s eye “ ” fo r f d or curled maple . Wood building was al o obtaine here . a n im a a l hinds i A gr ea t nu m ber offa red l sof l . It s u nd rt o o f i f e t d that the Indians cho e this reg on in pre erence, fr f o o . their abode , chiefly on account the excellent hunting refent fo refts fo r m o ft At p the are the part cut down , and the animals have withdra wn to the interior and wood i land reg ons. From the natives the Northmen bought fu irrel flt ins o f h iiill be q , and all kinds peltries, whic are to f difri ound in abundance in this t ct. ' E zder -a u t hs birds f r , and other , were ound in g eat num ifla nds f refe nt f bers on the adjacent , as is al o at p the ca e, on which account fome o fthem have the name o fEgg 113 Ifla nds .

f o f h w Every river was ull fi/ , among hich are mentioned a lm o n c o a ft was f excellent j . On the al o caught a great ffifh quantity o . The Northmen dug ditches along the fho re - a nd re , within the high water mark, when the tide f ha libu ts c o a ft ceded they ound in the ditches . On the ‘ f wha lesa nd thefe reidr B a they al o caught , among the ( na h a lis defc ri ti nso f le . o p yf ) In the modern p this region , “ it is fta ted that all the rivers are full o ffifh ; and o fthe fi 11 r waters in that neighborhood it is a d , y a une g ande o iffo ns refu e eféc e abondance de p de p qtoutes les p s. Sal o f ic mon may be mentioned as one the . Not long ago, the whale-fifhery

1 “ The c der-du c k isa t th stim e inc uba t o n ta kes la c e and c o nfe i i i p ; , fo u nd in c a t nu m bersin the regio n qu entl the eggshere referred to m utt o fC a pe o d in the c o ld fea fo n ; b u t ha ve en the p ro duct o f o ther fpe itsho m e isfa r her to the n h h r i t o rt , w e e c es. Identity ofthe

wh -fifher was rta n ale y , in that very region , an impo t branch o findu flry ; efpec ia lly fo r the inhabita nts o fthe adjacent Very po fli bly the adjacent Whale Rock ha sits f th f irc u m fta nc name rom e ame c es.

M A D E ASTRONO IC L EV I ENC .

Be fides fta tem ents o f the nautical and geographical , one the m o ft ancient writings has p refe rved an a/Zro no m ic a l f o f notice , where it is aid that the days there were more n the equal length than in Icela d or Greenland ; that, on ’ fho rteft fu n ro fe f a ft feve n day, the at hal p o clock and fet at halfpa ft four ; which makes the fho rteft day nine a ftro no m ic a l o ferva tio n fo r hours . This b gives the place ° ’ 1 2 o fSea c o nne t latitude 4 4 The latitude Point, and o fthe fo u the rnm o ft promontory o fthe Iiland o fCo na nni ’ ° 1 ° 26 o f 1 cut, is 4 north ; and that Point Judith , 4 The fe three headlands form the entrance boundaries o fthe modern Mount Hope Bay , which the ancients , according to ” o f HOP V ATN S . the analogy their language , no doubt , called We thus fee that this fta tem e nt c o rre fpo ndsexactly with

rec ifel f . the other data, and indicates p y the ame region

E RE S DISCOV ERIES O F MORE SOUTH RN GION .

TH E f Erikfo n 1 00 party ent by Thorwald in the year 3, from

1“ In ea rl t m esthe ha e wa s The ha le fifher a t a ntu c et c o m y i , w l w y N k fr u e nt fo u nd o n the fho reso fth s m enc ed a o u t 1 6 0 a nd c o nt nu ed a eqly i b 7 , i c o u ntr fo m e tim esin a r e fho a lsa nd fuc c e fsfu l o c c u a tio n no t fa r fro m n net y, l g , i y l s he n pales ec a m e fc a rc c a nd wa shu nted a rt] fo r itso i a rt ear . p , p ly y , w w b - fswa s nal (lifc o n inu fo r the fa e o ffo o ci ha e m ea t ba le na the b u fine t ed. k :w l , fi ly o r ba lem e e n fre u e ntl m e nt o ned I n 1 26 T he , b i g q y i 7 , in a nc i e nt a c c o u ntsa sa n artic le o fpu r a teli ti ngle f — r n a wa se ev n a B a de . c ha fe a d l e . y l Places Vi sited. f Leifsb o o ths fo u thern c o a fts rom , to explore the , employed from four to five months in the expedition ; they therefore molt likely examined the c o a flso fConnecticut and New f tho fe o f e rfe York , probably al o New J y, Delaware , and r fri tio n f o f c o a ft Ma yland . The de c p o this range is a accur te .

’ ARE MAR N 1N G EA IRE A D SO S SOJOURN R T L N .

IN tho fe times the Efqu im a u x inhabited more fo utherly refent regions than they do at p . This is both evident f the feem sbefides rom ancient accounts, and to gain cor roboration from ancient fkeleto nswhich have been dug up in regions even more fo u the rly than tho fe in qu eftio n ; c irc u m fla nc e a which , however, merits a more accurate f fit . o o o e examination In the neighborhood Vineland , pp Efu im a u x the country inhabited by the q , there dwelled , drefles according to their reports , people who wore white , f fa fte ned and had poles borne be ore them , on which were fho u ted lappets, and who with a loud voice . This country fu o fed H viTRAMANNALAND the was pp to be , as it was called ( La nd o the White Men o therwife A D 1T M1xLA f ), called IRL N Grea t I rela nd r o f c o a ft o f h ( ), being probably thatpa t the Nort fo u thwa rdsf Chefa ea ke America which extends rom p Bay, C including North and South arolina, Georgia, and Florida . Sha wan efe f Among the Indians, who ome years ago emi a f m f gr ted ro Florida, and are now ettled in Ohio , there is refe rved r feem so f p a t adition which importance here ; viz . , wa s w that Florida once inhabited by hite people , who were

1 2 Places Visited. 3

o f o m fb u r Pa lna to ke o band J g warriors under , and to k part w o f F rifva l ith them in the battle y in Sweden . His illicit t Thu rida o f fif amatory connec ion with Frodo in Iceland, a o f f ter the power ul Snorre Gode , drew upon him the enmity e rfec u tio n o f c o nfe u enc e o f and p the latter ; in q which , he f him fe lf fo r ound obliged to quit the country ever ; and , in

' let f f H ra u nhOfn S nio felfnes the year 999, he ail rom , in ,

-ea tt GUDLEI F G UDLA UGSON o f with a north wind. , brother Tho rfinn a nc efto r o f r hifto ria n r , the the celeb ated , Snor e S tu rlu fo n had r , made a t ading voyage to Dublin ; but when f o ff n he le t that place again , with the intention ailing rou d

Ireland and returning to Iceland, he met with long con

n -e a fterl fa r tin ing north y winds, which drove him to the f - ft a o f outh we in the ocean , and at an dvanced period the fu m m e r he and his company arrived at laft at an exten five r country, but they knew not what count y it was . On o f n fe vera l their landing, a crowd the atives , hundreds in a a inft number, came g them , and laid hands on them , and h bound t em . They did not know anybody in the crowd , fe em ed a re fem bl d I rifh but it to them th t their language e . The natives now took c o u nfel whether they fho u ld kill the ra n r o f l ft e s . de ib g , or make flaves them While they were c m difla in rating, a large co pany approached, p y g a banner, c lo fe o f dittin u ithed to which rode a man g appearance , fa r who was advanced in years , and had gray hair. The f dec ifi n He matter under deliberation was re erred to his o . wa a fo re fa id BiOrn Afbra ndfn c a u fed G u if sthe o . He dle f a ddreflin No rfe to be brought be ore him , and , g him in the la n a fked hi . s guage , he him whence he came On replying ‘ tha was BiOrn m a n in u iries t he an Icelander, made q about y his I dentity ofthe

a l r his acquaint nce in Ice and , pa ticularly about his beloved Thu rida o f fo n Kia rta n fu o fed , Frodo, and about her , pp to ( o f be his own on , and who at that time was the proprietor fa t f i bec o m the e t e o Frodo. In the mean time the nat ves dec ifio n BiOrn { t ing impatient and demanding a , elec ed o f c o u nfello rs a fide twelve his company as , and took them him f f w r with , and ome time a ter ard he went towa ds Gud f n lei and his companio s , and told them that the natives had f dec ifio n m le t the matter to his . He thereupon gave the a dvifed fu m m e r their liberty, and them, although the was a fa r r ed bec a u fe alre dy advanced, to depa t imm iately, the diflic u lt natives were not to be depended on , and were to f deal with ; and , moreover, conceived that an in ringement dif va nta on their laws had been committed to their ad ge . fo r Thu rida [ fo r He gave them a gold ring , and a word Kia rta n f r , and told them to charge his riends and elations no w a nd not to come over to him , as he was become old , m ight daily expect that old age would get the better o f h r was few him ; t at the count y large , having but harbors , and that ftra ngersmutt everywhere expect a ho flile recep fe t f f tion . They accordingly ail again , and ound their way fe nt back to Dublin , where they p the winter ; but the next fu m m e r they repaired to Iceland and delivered the re fe ntsa nd r wa s BiOrn p , all we e convinced that it really A fb ra n fn d o whom they had met with in that country. It may be c o nfidered as ce rtain that inte rc o u rfe betwee n Vineland and Gre enland was maintained fo r a c o nfide ra ble f fc a nt ee n period a ter this , although the y notices about Gr a in the MSS fu rnifh u sw ith land cont ined ancient . do not fa tisfa cto r f any y in ormation on this head . s Places Vi ited.

After having peru fed the authentic documentsthem felves a c c efli ble a c , which are now to all , every one will o f hiflo ric a l f t h knowledge the truth the ac , t at during the tenth and eleventh centuries the ancient Northmen dif covered and vifited a great extent o fthe eafte rn c o aftso f North America ; and will befidesbe led to the conviction f r that, during the centuries immediately ollowing, the inte c o u r wa if ntinu d f t fe never sentirely d c o e . The main ac indifu ta ble the is certain and p . On other hand , there are thefe n s in , as in all other ancient writi gs, certain portion o f o bfc u re fubfe u ent the narrative which are , and which q difu ifitio ns r i f v q and new interp etat ons may er e to clear up . On this account it feem so fimportance that the original fources o finformation fho uld be p u blifhed in the ancient “ fo language , that every one may have it in his power to c o nfu lt f m them , and to orm his own judg ent as to the f r accuracy o the interp etations given .

1“ The o ld I c ela ndic to n ue in u nder rea t O li atio nsb rintin the g , g b g y p g wh c h the fa aswere written isno w Sa a sre a tin to Am eric a i n th e o ri i , l g gi fo ken o n] a (m a l o u a tio n in na gla n ua e fide b fide w th a Da ntlh p y l p p l g g , y i ’ “ I c e a nd . ide the Ea r o fEllefm ere s a nd a tin verfio n in Anti u ita tes l l L , q “ ” I ntro du cti o n t uid to o rthern A m er a where the will ever here o G e c a n , y N ' i Arc haeo lo g The la te Pro feflo r after be ac c eflible fo r flu dy a nd c o m y n r p :c ed the ftude tso fhilto y pa rifo n.

C OMP LETE DI A L

TH E A N C I E N T N OR T H M E N,

AC CO R DI NG TO TH E

P ROJ ECTION AND EXPOSI TION

P R O F E S S O R F I N N M A G N U S E N ,

V I C E P R E S I D E NT O F T H E R O Y A L S OC I E T Y O F NO RTH E R N A NT I QUA R I EE .

B I B L I O G R A P H I C A L .

T is not o u r intention to give under this head a full bibliography on the fu bject o fthis vol f . s t ume The ollowing work , relating direc ly t a c ufto m shifto r or indirec ly to the m nners, , y, r f lite ature and language o the Scandinavians, li o f w u fefu l and to their voyages to the coa America, ill be to the reader who de frresto give the fu bject a careful and extended examination

Anti vita Am eric a na five Sc ri to resSe tentrio nalesRerum a nte qtes , p p lu m i n r m in Am eri Edidit So c ietas e ia Anti va rio rum C o b a a u c a . R g q

e n r na liu m . B efnim 1 8 . S pte t io , 37

r a w This impe ial quarto cont ins all the evidence , kno n to hifto ric a l fc ho la rs h the vifitso f hm , touc ing the Nort en to the fh re o f r The hift ric al rra srehea rfin o s a . o Ame ic na tive , g the {t r o fthe a ersare here iven in the a n n c o y voy g , g cie t Icelandi a l nguage. u fc riptso f a re ac c o m wife into th

o r 2 Bibli g aphical. 1 9 we a ffu red tru ft are not by any vague rumor, but by the ” worthy report brought back by the Danes .

The H eim flrrin la o r hro nic le o fthe Kin so fNo rwa . Tra nfla ted fro m g , C g y

the I c ela ndic o f Sno rro Stu rle fo n with a Pre lim ina r Differ a io n. , y t t n f n n 1 B a m u el a i E o do 8 . S . y L g, qL , 44

o f He im fkrin la S no rro Stu rlefo n wa s The author the g , , I 1 8 1 2 1 born in the year 7 , and died in 4 , and his work was c o nfequ e ntly written not later than the early part o fthe ifc o v r thirteenth century. He alludes to the d e y o fVine f o f land , and is the next early writer a ter Adam Bremen , who corroborates the teftim o ny o fthe fa gastouching the f Icelandic voyages to America. His re erence to Vineland f i o . A ntea is conta ned in the body this work , page 44. ’ Mr differta tio n difc u flio n o f . Laing s is a thorough fu b ect Of hifto r a nd the whole j Northern literature and y, is rendered not the lefsinterefting by the frank and bold ' manner in which the author exprefleshis Opinions on fom e u i n important qeft o s. It contains a valuable memoir o f E n lith o f S no rro Stu rlefo n. The g reader this tra nfla tio n f t refects can hardly ail to gain a bet er knowledge, in many p , o fthe character and mode o flife o fthe Northmen than in the more direct treatment o fthe fu bject by the hifto ric a l

writer.

l n i Anti ua feu Pa rtisAm eric a Se tentrio na lisu i H ifto ria V in a d m q, p , b No m

ini ra tio rec e nfe tu r Situ sterrasex dieru m b ru m a liu m fa tio ex enditu r s , p p , inc o la ru m a r a ries ere rino ru m tem r fo li fertilita tase t b b , p g po ra iu sinc o

e t efta V ic ina ru m te rra ru m no m ina e t fa c ie sex Anti vita tib u s la tus g , q

i isin lu c e m ro du cta ex o nu ntur. Pe r Tho rm o du m T rf u I fla nd c p p o ae m . iflo ri ra hu m Ke inrn H Rerum No rvegic a ru m H g p g . a vnim : e t Typo i rfi 1 0 e et Un ve t. . grapheo Regia Maj ft. 7 5 I 7 I 30 Bibliogr aphical.

Of this very rare work, there are copies bearing the o f o iffu e imprint a later date . On examinati n , we find the o f 1 1 f - refs o f1 0 7 5 to be the ame letter p as that 7 5 , with

f - the o . exception two pages ; viz , the title page and the “ reverfe a ro b a tio page containing an pp by P . Vin din iu s o f - fu bfti g . The cancellation title pages and the tu tio n o fnew ones were co m mon devices Ofp u blifherso f frefh im u lfe f o f that period, to give a p to the ale books U re fu m e that hung heavily pon their hands . We p this to o f f o fe nte r rif be an example the ame kind p e . This little work is the ea rlieft printed volume relating to the voyages f h e a ffe o t e Northmen to America . As the r ader p salong fu r rifed f over its pages , he will be p to find how care ully this learned writer had ftudied the old Scandinavian m a nu fc ripts re thefe it m ho w f lating to we e voyages , and ully he has incorporated into his narrative the facts now known re lating he H a d To rfaeu u f n t n fth to t m . sgiven sa ull tra fla io o e l n a nd the agas eve into Latin , rendered complete narrative o f the ri a c c eflible fc ho la rs h o ginals to , little would ave m a ne f w re fu m e d the re i d to be done a ter ard . It is p that hifto ria ns fu b ect , who alluded to this j anterior to the pub lic a tio n o f A nti u ita tes i a 1 8 ve the q Amer can in 37 , deri d h f f t eir in ormation rom this little compendium . Not having e o fthe fa a s f h difm ifTed the t xt g be ore t em , they generally fu b e ct f r a llu fio n the j with a brie and not ve y explicit , he frta tin h o f g, perhaps , as to w at degree confidence they fa fel re o flita r h could y p fe in this then o y aut ority .

r H ifto y o fthe V o yagesa nd Difc o veriesm a de in the No rth. T ra nfla ted

fro m the Germ a n o f o hn Reinho ld F o rfte r Du blin 1 86 J . , 7 . Bibliogr aphical .

The author tra ces with much deta il the colonization o f a f both Iceland and Greenland , obt ining his data rom the two o fTho rm o nd To rfm u s V e terisGrm nla ndiae works , De fc ri tio Hifto ria V inla ndiae A nti u ae f p and q. He re ers teftim o n o f o f fu o fes to the y Adam Bremen . He pp Vine land to be in latitude and therefore in Newfoundland

' a r fe f r fi r nt f m f or in Labrador. This o rom a ve y di e e yfte o interpreting the method o fcalculating time among the Scan dinavia nsf f rom that adopted by later writers ; or, as ome fu o fe f o f pp , rom an error interpretation .

H ifto ry o fthe No rthm en o r Da nesa nd No rm a nsfro m the Ea rlieft Tim e s to the Co n u e ft o fEn la nd b illia m o f No rm a nd B Henr q g y W y. y y he n o ndo n 1 8 1 W a to . L , 3 .

The fec o nd chapter in this work contains a fuc c inct narrative o f the voyages o f the Northmen to America : b efides ftu de nt o f fa as this, the the g will find in it an able and inte refting expo fitio n o f the Icelandic literature and language .

Repo rt a ddre ffed by the Ro ya l So c iety o fNo rthern Antiqu a riesto its

Britifh a nd Am eric a n e m be rs. o enha e n 1 8 6. M C p g , 3

This volume in Englith is full o fimportant information fu b e o f on the j ct which it treats. It deals with early o f Icelandic and Norwegian accounts Ireland, the stone m o f z i plements the pagan Northmen , their gold and bron e

- antiquities, and the Anglo Saxon Runes .

The Dif ver f ri hm n N r h Am eric a n e w c o o Am e c a h No e . o t vie y by t e rt R , 1 8 8 1 1 - v r 20 . B Edwa rd E e ett. 3 , pp. 6 3 y

ng difc u frfo n o fthe whole

° slzbg raphzc a l 1 33

dive rfit o f think them indubitably Runic. In this great y ffi refe nt m dec ifio n t . judg ent, a is ex remely di cult The p copies are too unlike each other to command entire c o nfi fa dence ; and we are not prepared to y whether, in the ” re fnt f f e ia o . p te the rock, better can be taken He adds We o wn that we remain wholly unconvinced in reference to its interpretation by the learned and ingenious o ommen ” o fo ur fr C taries iends at openhagen . The writing on the Dighton rock has been copied at nine ff f 1 8 C . 6 0 . di erent dates . By Dr Dan orth , in ; Dr otton

1 1 2 1 0 . Mather, in 7 Dr. Greenwood , in 73 ; Mr Stephen 88 Ba li 1 68 Mr 1 . es Sewall , in 7 ; . James Winthrop , in 7 ; Dr y w 8 . 1 0 . 1 0 . and Mr Good in , in 79 ; Mr Kendall , in 7 ; Mr Job 1 8 1 2 Ifla nd Hifto ric a l Gardner, in ; the Rhode Society, in I 8 C f f 0 . o o 3 opies all them are engraved , and appear in Pro ’ ” fffr fu A nti u ita t If e o e s a . Ra s great work , the q American it w o bfe rve the reader will ca his eye over them , he ill that e diftinct e fe the lat r copies are more than the earlier ones, p c ia lly in tho fe features which have been the fu bject o fcon tro ve rf r f frti n y. This can only be accounted fo on the uppo o that the later fketc heswe re more fkilfu lly and truthfully f t u done , or el e that the primi ive cuttings have become grad a tm o fheric o fli bl ally deepened by p and tidal influences, or p y f ome ingenious idler may have undertaken , impelled by a im u lfe generous p , to improve what he conceived the Scan ina via n fu d c lpto r left in an u nfinifhed fta te .

The No rthm en in New En lan r n n h n r B d o Am eric a i the Te t e tu . g , C y y

o lhu a To lm a n Sm ith. Bo sto n 1 8 J , 39.

The a utho r after a very care in] Bibliog raphical. 1 35

H a Ef f he Bri ifh Mufe m . o ndo n. rin ed i R . o r . o t t u P t ed ted b . y M j , q, L i fr he Ha lu o c et 1 8 . o t k yt S y. 47

t o f In the introduc ion , the editor gives the narrative the difc o ve r o f y America by the Icelanders , as contained in the fa a s t fu lnefs inte reftin g , with much particulari y and , with g o bfe rva tio ns and valuable critical .

uide to No rthern Arc ha o lo B the o o i fN r h rn An G gy . y R yal S c ety o o t e ti ua ri so f o enh en Edi fo r h f i B e a . ted t e u e o fEn l flt rea ders q C p g g . y i fE f the R ht Ho no ra ble the Ea rl o lle m ere. o ndo n 1 8 8 g L , 4 .

Befides t a valuable introduc ion by the author, the vol ume contains an inte refting trea tife on the extent and o o f imp rtance Northern literature , the monuments and a o f u m é o f a ntiquities the North , and a i / the undert kings o f f o f C a nd the Society with ome account its abinet Library.

No rthern Anti uities o r An H ifto ric a l Ac c o u nt o fthe a nnersC ufto m s q , M , , Reli io n a nd a ws a ritim e E editio nsa nd Difc o veries a n ua e g , L , M xp , L g g a nd i era tu re f h A i n a n ina vi n Tra nfla d fro m the L t o t e nc e t Sc d a s. te h n i i renc o f a l H r a ll t e r ndo n 1 8 . F P u e e t b B P c . o M y p y L , 47

This is not only an excellent trea tife on this very wide fu b ec t like wife f c o m rehe nfive j , but it contains a brie but p f dif v r f r narrative o the c o e y o Ame ica by the Northmen .

t h fa Ph ' fi D fc ri tio n o fthe niv rf B Ale Co fm o s: A Ske c o y c al e p U e e . y x

. f h C r V n H m l Tra nfl d ro m e rm a n E. . a nde o u bo dt ate t Ge by C ttc .

o ndo n 1 8 . L , 49

o f difc o ver o f r f In treating the y Ame ica, the author re ers to the voyages o fthe Northmen to this continent as a matter f hifto r ff O f . ettled y He does not even o er an apology, or t fuggeft a doubt . The reader will find his views fully fta ed — n u ifri . ft d c m 60 2 608. ii i in Vol . II . pp The va lear ing, j nation o 1 34 Bibli gr aphical.

l f A nti u ita te r nu fu findy o the q sAmericana . He is a ft e Ou sand enthu fia fiic believer in the Scandinavian origin o fthe infc ri tio ns the no w p on Dighton rock , a theory which has f f pretty much aded out. The work is written in the orm o f u c a ft no t a dialog e , which gives it a popular , but is a fa tisfa c to r o f refentin hifto ric al e fe very y mode p g truth , p ll if u fi ns f t c ia y qe i o o doubt enter into it . Objec ions to a theory can hardly be fta ted and a nfwered fairly by a devotee o f t the theory objec ed to . f f tru ftwo rth r o In the main , the work is a aith ul and y ep rt ” f f A nti u ita o the acts contained in the qtesAmericana .

The Difc o ver o fAm eric a b the No rthm e n in the Tenth e ntur with y y C y, No tic eso fthe Ea rly Settle m entso fthe I rifh in the Wefte rn H e m if N r h l w m ifh llo fth o a l i h r B o ud o Bea Fe w o e R So c et &c . e e . t p y L , y y, ,

c o ndo n 1 8 1 . & . L , 4 f The reader will hardly find a better account, in the ame fa c e o f hifto ric al a p , Icelandic literature , than is cont ined in f the introduction to this work. The author has al o given a tra nfla tio n o fall the extracts from the faga swhich defc ribe f fec o nd the voyages o the Northmen to America. In the infc ri tio ns part , he deals with monuments and p , which in ifc v ri f his judgment corroborate the d o e eso the Northmen . He accepts the theory o fthe Northern antiquaries as to the Scandinavian origin o fthe writing upon the Dighton ifall w inte re ftin a d o ed. rock, now gener lly He gives an g o f s account the monument in Greenland , which undoubtedly n have a Scandinavian origi .

Select etterso fChriftO her o lu m buswith o ther Ori ina l Do c u m ents L p C , g re la tin hi o u r V T ra nfla a n g to sF o yagesto the New Wo rld . ted d

edited

1 36 B ibliog raphical.

f fenfe o f diftin u ifhed fc ho la r nation and ound this g , give w fu b e great eight to his opinions on any j ct.

H ifto r f a ndinavia fro m the Ea rl Tim eso fthe No rthm e n the Sea y o Sc y , '

f fflo r a u l in in . in V i in st the Pre ent Da . B Pro e P S d sa nd o . k g k g , y y C g 1 6 Lo ndo n, 86 . f 86 Twelve pages, rom 74 to , relate to the voyages to

America .

The H ifto r OfGreenla nd. B Da vid ra ntz . o ndo n 1 8 2 0. V o l. I . y y C L , PP 2 33- 2 37

The narrative o fthe difc o ve ry o fAmerica is evidently a r ct f To rfa u s f r . taken rom . It is ull and gener lly co e There is much in this work which will calt light upon the Northern f f mode o li e .

i r h n B Pro fe ffo r Ke fer o f he o The Pr va te Life o fthe Old No t m e . y y t R ya l fl n i n N rwa Tra n a te h R e . niv rfit i hr fti a o . d b t e v. R U e C a . y , y y M

rn r B A . nd n 1 68 a a d . o o 8 . B , L ,

This little volume gives a detailed account o fthe man ners and culloms o fthe Northmen at the period when their vifitin o a f f voyagers were g the c tso America. It will be found u fefu l in illu ftra ting more or leis the text o fthe fa gas.

The Pre - o lu m ia n Difo r fAm e ri e No r m n I llu ftra e C b c ve y o c a by th th e . t d b tra nfla tio nsfro m the I c la ndi a a Edi ed with n e nd a e c S s. t o t sa y g ,

r r i n . l 1 8 n I o d . l n u o b . D A a n 68 Ge e a t c t F e o sta . b , y B C y,

This valuable trea tife will be read with intereft by tho fe e o f fa a m en who acc pt the narratives the g , not only in their e n ra fc o e likewife e a f a l . ec i g e l p , but in th ir det ils It is a p aim o f the author to poi nt out and identify the places defc ribed 1 Bibliog raphical. 37

defc rib ed fa a s. w in the g With this vie , he traces the c o u rfe o f fli o reso fC C o d the Northmen along the ape , f vifited t identi ying the places by them with great ingenui y, if ft f t n lefs u not with entire a isa c io to his credulo s readers. The General Introduction conta ins much valuable i nform a

tion .

Am eric a no t Difo r d o l m A H ifto ric a l S etc h fthe Dif c ve e by C u bu s. k o

o ver fAm ri b he N r hm n in h n h n u r B . c o e c a t o t e t e Te t e . R y y C t y y . B nder h i rfi fWifo n n hi 1 8 A so n M. n fi a f ve o c . c A. o t e U t o . , , y C g , 74

a Of This is a compilation rather than an origin l work. Old w f wasu ndo u btedt r the mill at Ne port, the author ays it j N rfem en Of infc ri tio ns o built by the o . the p up n the rock R : in Taunton iver, he adds Upon the whole, the Dighton Writing Rock removes a ll do u bt concerning the prefe nc e o fTho rfinn Ka rlfefne No rfem en and the at Taunton River, ” r in the beginning o f the eleventh centu y. Even the “ ” fkeleto n f 1 8 1 in armor, ound at Fall River in 3 , capti vates the too credulous author.

The Ea rl Kin so fNo rwa B Tho m s a rl le New o r 1 8 . a C . . y g y y y Y k, 75 Something may be learned from this little volume o fthe fpirit o fNorthern life and fo c iety in the tenth and eleventh f difc o ve r f centuries . The author re ers briefly to the y o “ ’ . la s o f America Towards the end, he y , this Hakon s reign it wa sthat the difc o ve ry o fAmerica took place t difc o ve r Ac ual y, it appears, by Eric the Red , an Icelander ; concerning which there has been abundant inveftiga tio n ” “ a nd difc ufii o n : in our time . Again he adds It appears to be c erta in tha t from the end o fthe te nth century to the fo urteenth there was a dim knowledge o f tho fe 1 8 3 Bibliogr aphical. tho fe difta nt fho res a No rfe ext nt in the mind , and even fome ftra ggling feries o fvifitsthither by roving No rfe m en ; ffi refulted though as only danger, di culty, and no profit , the vifitsc ea fed the f O , and whole matter ank into blivion , and , but fo r the Icelandic talent o fwriting in the long winter ” f o f rit o te . nights , would never have been heard by p y at all

The following works will illu ftra te the character o f f a Scandinavian li e and literature , and may incident lly and o f fa a s remotely throw light upon the text the g .

A a nu a l o fSc a ndina via n tho lo c o nta inin a Po u la r Ac c o u nt o f M My gy, g p n f i r i l i Two Edda sa d th li n O O in B env l o tt. the o e Re o f d . G e P , g y g

ndo n 1 8 . Lo , 39 The Sto r o f u rnt N a l 01 ife in I c ela nd a t the End o fthe Te nth y B j , L ’ h I n i l a B r n r . m o e h e Ce tu y Fro t e c ela d c Ofthe Nj a sS ga . y Ge g We b

Dafent D . Edinbu r h 1 86 1 . , . C L. g , ’ i lu m a r fV i - lu m Tra nfla ed fro m he I c e V ga G sS ga : the Sto y o ga G . t t la ndic with no tesa nd a n intro ductio n b the Ri ht Ho no ra ble Sir , , y g

B. n m nd H a d art . . Ed u e . K o ndo 1 866 C . , B L , l n i e n ll cted b en Arna fo n Tra nfl o r I d c e ds. o e a ted e e c e a L g C y J . by G g w ll d Eirfku r Ma m lffn o ndo n 1 86 E. . Po e a n o . J g L , 4. f fl r n in vi r a lla d S o rie o he A ec io ns o m he c a d a a n. B o e t B t s t t . F t S y R b do n 1 8 u c ha na n. o n 6 B L , 9. Th to r o f illi the u tla w ro m e I l n i r h e e S y G O . F th c e a d c by Geo ge We b

Da fnt . . Edin u r h 1 866 . e D . b , C L g ,

The Sto ry o fGrettir the Stro ng. T ra nfla te d fro m the I c ela ndic by Eirfkr

'

Ma ntlflo n a nd illiam o rris. o ndo n 1 86 g W M L , 9.

m a nd o f f o f As the geography, cli ate , capabilities the oil

Iceland have probably changed very little , on the whole , finc e tu defc ri tio nso f r the tenth cen ry , the p mode rn travelle s fli lefs o f fa a Th will ed more or light upon the text the g s. e following

1 40

f a n r f lta tem ent n o f Pal rey, cont i s a ve y ull and recog ition difc o verieso f a nd i f a the the Northmen , a conv ncing re ut tion o fthe claim fo r the Scandinavian origin o fthe writing f ft n o o e . on the Dighton rock, and the old mill at Newport f rli lt o f Hilto r o f . ea e Mr Bancro t, in the edition his y the ” United States , treats the alleged Icelandic voyages to la lt this continent as a myth, and , in his , has not in any w in a tem e nt fdi ru lt degree modified his f eep g lt so lt . We are not aware that any other diltingu ilhed hilto ria n has r f n lu fio n Hif c o c . . . . eached the ame Dr J G Kohl , in his ” o f Difc o ve r o f r tory the y Maine , t aces with great minute nefs the c o u rfe o fthe Icelandic voyagers along the fho re s o f efec ia ll New England . But his views are controverted , p y with reference to the vifitso fthe Northmen to the c o a lts f C l o . . . t Maine , by the Rev B F De o a , in a volume entitled the Northmen in Maine . The narratives o fthe lagas are in their outlines clear diltinct hilto ria ns and ; and unprejudiced and antiquaries , r fulta in a rehenfio n who have no theo y to , will not, in our pp , difie r as to their general interpretation . But, in minor f tt defc ri tio ns a re eatures and le er local p , they exceedingly indefinite ; and whoever aims to fix upon the exact move o f li ments the Northmen on our coa , and the particular do u b tlefs localities which they occupied when here , will find him felfconfronted by the champion o f fome other m o fli bl a l theory, ar ed p y with as m ny good rea ons as he can r r fo r ende his own .

T H E P R I N C E S O C I E T Y .

1 8 77 .

. n s. The H o n. harlesFranc isAdam s . D o lto a l C , LL B , M

Phila del hia Pa . am u el A new Ef. . S g , q p ,

o lto n Ma fs. Tho m asC o fii n Am o r A.M. y, B ,

. o lto n a ls. illiam Su m ner A leto n A M. W pp , B , M

w N .Y . l r Av Ef. Ne o r a te T . er W y, q Y k,

a r n N . H . l m Ef . l em o t Geo r e . a c o g L B , q C ,

o lto n a ls. o fe h a lla rd Ef . J p B , q B , M

w o r N . . . rl w Ef Ne . Y S . a o . L M B , q Y k,

n . l A . B o lto n Ma fs. Na tha iel art ett . J B , B ,

l A .M. E eter N. H . The H o n. ha rlesH . el C B , x ,

. . r H M E ete N . . o e ll A . J t B , x ,

Sa m uel . o a rdm a n Ef. Au ulta Me. L B , q g ,

r ur . u l n m re a d . A u a Me . a e a b D t The H o s . J W B y, LL g ,

l n Brevo o rt . D . ro o l n N . . a r o , k . J C LL B y , Y

. M. o lto n Sidne ro o sA a ls. y B k , B , M

Mrs. o hn a rte r ro wn Pro videnc e R I J C B , . M o rtl n rlh r n A d . o hn Ma a l o w . . P a Me J B , , f . r N w r N . f o wn E . e o Y o e h 0 . J p B , q Y k, r A M o r l nd M P i Hen ro wn . . t a hil P e . p y B , , B nh r E n f. lto Ma H . ur a n fs. Tho m a sO . . P o , q B , m n r Ef N w N G r e e e t u tle . e o r Y . eo . g B B , q Y k, l h f A M o lto n a l Ge o r e i e o w a e . s. g B g C , B , M h m rl in A M lf l H n e llen a be a . . Che e a a s. The o . M C , , M

l r M. n o rd N . . illia m Ea to n ha nd e A . o c H W C , C ,

hi n n A . M E. de . Ne w N Y u c iu s tte o r . . L C , Y k,

r f . h rl lt w a ls. Etha n N . o bu n E C a e o n C , q , M The Prince

'

erem iah o lburn A . M. o lto n als. J C , B , M

o fe h . o o e Ef. Pro videnc e R . I . J p J C k , q ,

o lt n Maf. n r f. o s Delo ra i e P . o e E C y, q B ,

n f l a n .Y Era ltus o rni E . A b N . C g, q y,

Eller ic nell ra ne Ef. Wo rc elter a ls. y B k C , q , M '

Abram E . u tter Ef. Cha rlelto wn a ls. C , q , M

E in A a lr m l . l i r Md . S . a m o e . Th R v dw . D e T D e e . t y p , B ,

l n . P r . f i l Pa . illia m Da r i to n E . tt bu W M g , q g, fn f M rrifnia N Y r D w o E o a . . Hen . a . y B , q ,

ha rlesDea ne . D . a m brid e a ls. C , LL C g , M

hn a r n A o lto n a ls. o d Dea . . J W , M B , M

h . nr r r . o lto n a ls T e Rev He a t n De te D . D . y M y x , B , M

Sa m u el Ada m sDra e ” Melro le a ls. k , M

H a rr H f C a rle lto wn a l . EdesE . h s y . , q , M na h r I) N a v n o t a n w d A . ew H e Ed a s . . Ct. J , B M ,

Sa m u el Elio t . D . o lto n als. , LL B , M

The R ev. Geo r e E. EllisD . D o lto n a ls. g , B , M

Alfr d a n n El hil d l hi P . e do w n . D . P a e a a L g y , M p ,

f. N w o r N Y a m esEm o tt E e . . J , q Y k,

h . T H n. lli m Ev N w r N Y e o i a a rts . D e o . L . . L W M , Y k, ha rles l f hi a I ll sE . o . S. Fel o w c C , q C g , '

o hn S. H. F o M D. o lto n als. J gg, . B , M

Th R v nr . lt n e e . He . Fo o te A o o al s. y W , . M B , M

illiam F. Fo wle Ef . lt n . o o a ls W , q B , M .

Sa m u el P. Fo wler El Da nvers a ls. , q , M

The H o n. Ric ha rd Fro thin ha m . ha rlelto wn l . D. C a s g , LL , M

a m esE. Ga le Ef hill . H v l . a er a s. J , q , M

a rc u sD . Gilm n f. n i r a E o t el e V t. M , q M p , The H o n hn fr . o E G . . o d e an o r Me J y B g ,

Abner . Go o d ll r. A . . l e M Sa em a ls. C , J , , M ' El rid e H Go f E b . s f. n o lto als. g , q B , M

The H o n. Ho ra c e Gr D t n a . . o l o a ls. y, LL B , M

Geo r e Frederi c Gra Ef. o v r N H D e . g k y, q , . illi am . Greeno u h A. B. o lto n a ls. W W g , B , M f I a a c . Greenwo o d A . M . New o r N Y J , Y k, . . ' ha rl s e H . Guild Ef . So m erville a ls. C , q , M

The H o n. o er H l . . R b t S. a D e, LL Eliz abethto wn, N.Y r46 The Prince

Pro videnc e R . I . Filk e HarrisA M. C . , ,

r A .M a m brid e a ls. D avid Greene B alkins . , J C g , M '

M. o lto n a ls. H o n Franc is . Ha esA. The . B y , B , M

f Phila del hia Pa . Fra n i 8 . H o fim a n E . c s , q p ,

w ll Ef Charlelto wn a ls. a m esF. Hunne e J , q , M l N Y f O we o . . r I rwin E . Theo do e , q g ,

' M o lto n als illia m Po rter a rvisA. . . W J , B , M

New o r N . Y . . f A. B o hn S enne s . J J , Y k, i r N lhu N H Mr Sa w er u n o a a . . . y J ,

r d n Ef. N w o r N .Y . Edwa d F. e a c e e L y, q Y k,

m Me . illiam . a ha . D. Au u lta W B L p , M g ,

in . New r N .Y . o hn . a tt A. M o J J L g, Y k,

h m . L e f o lto n ls. T o a s e E . a J , q B , M

f h eo na rd Ef o lto n l . o e . a s J p L , q B , M

o hn A . e wisEf. o lto n a ls. J L , q B , M '

l . . M lt n il iam T R . a rvin A o o a ls. W M , B , M '

illia m F. a tc hett El o lto n als. W M , q B , M '

r ri . Ma Ef. o n de lto . F e c . G als W y, q B , M

Th R v. a m sH . ea n D. D o lto n e e e s . als. J M , B , M

Geo r e H . o o re . D . w r Ne o N . Y . g M , LL Y k,

The H o n . Henr . u r h ro o l n N . Y . y C M p y B k y ,

v a m N rm a ndi A . M. P m Th R e . es e o e r f e o t o u h . t N . H J D , ,

The H o n. a m es . No rth Au ulta Me . J W g , '

h rlesElio t No rto n A . M. a a m brid e a ls. C , C g , M

Geo r e T. Pa ine f. r vi n o d . g , E q P e c e, R I

Th H o n. o hn Go rha m Pa lfre . D . e am brid e a ls. J y, LL C g , M

Da niel P a rilh r. Ef New o r N .Y . , J , q Y k,

Fra nc isPa r m a n . . o lto n Mafs. k , LL B B ,

Au u lt r in A. M sT . Pe s u . o lto n als. g k , B , M

The R ev. illia m tevensP rr . S e D D e n v . W , . G e a N Y . y ,

illiam Frede ric Po o le A . M . hic a o I ll. W C g , Geo r e Princ e El , q a th Me . g B , '

. illia m rin . a t P c e . A U S S rin field a ls. C p W , p g , M

H n hn V . . The o . o Pru D n . . Alba n N .Y . J L y , LL y,

l r l . . Sa m u e S . Pu e D New o r N .Y p . M Y k, . ' The H o n. o hn Phel sPu tna m A M o to n al . l s. J p , . B , M

The Rev. Alo nz o H . u int D. D. v r Q , Do e , N . H .

1 48

o lto n ibr r o c ie a S t o lto n Mafs. B L y y B , Bri i Mu f m t lh eu o ndo n En . L , g

'

o nc o rd Public ibrar o nc o rd a ls. C L y C , M ' Eben Da le Referenc e ibrar Pea bo d a l s. L y y, M Free Pu blic ibra r W r l r o c e te a ls. L y , M ro lve no r ibra r G Bufi . . L y a lo , N Y

H ilto ric a l So c ie t o fPe nnl lva ni a Phila del hi Pa . y y p a ,

ibra r o m a n o fPhila del hia Phila del hia Pa. L y C p y p p ,

fla nd H ilto ri l ie r l . o n I c a So c t o o n N .Y L g y B k y ,

a ine H ilto ric a l So c iet Brunfwic k Me. M y , r l n H ilt ri a l i a l r M a a d o c So c et tim o e d. M y y B ,

Ma lla c hu fe ttsH ilto ric al So c iet o lto n Ma fs. y B , r a ntil ibra r New o rk N Y e c e . . M L y Y , '

Ne w En la nd H ilto ric Ge nealo ic al So c iet o lto n a ls. g g y B , M

Newbu r o rt Pu blic ibrar Pea bo d Fu nd Newbur o rt a lls. yp L y, y yp , M ' P r h Po rtfm o u th Athenze u m o tl m o ut , N. H .

'

Pu blic ibra r o fthe it o f o lto n o lto n als. L y C y B B , M

o d i ra r . New o rt R . I . Redwo L b y p ,

'

Sta te ibra r o fMa lla c hu fetts o lto n a ls. L y B , M

Sta te ibra r o fNew o r Alba n N .Y . L y Y k y,

ta t ibra r o fRho de I fla nd Pro videnc e R . I . S e L y ,

Sta te ibra r o fV e rm o nt o nt e lier V t. L y M p , i Willi m lto wn illia m s o lle e brar a als. W C g L y , M

ale o lle e ibra r New H aven Ct. Y C g L y , E PUBLICATIONS O F THE SOC I TY.

’ NE W ENGLAND sPROSPE CT .

A tru e e a nd e erim enta ]defc ri tio n o ftha t art o fAm eric a c o m m o n c a ed , liv ly xp l p p , ly ll New En a nd : difc o verin the Sta te o ftha t C o u ntr e o th a sit lta ndsto o u r new gl g i , b

o m e E n l h P a nters a nd to the o ld a t u e Inha ta n WILLIA M WOOD. c g gy l ; N i bi ts. By

o ndo n 1 6 . Prefa c e b C ha r esDea ne LL. D . L , 34 y l ,

T HE H UTCHINSON PAP E R S.

' A C o lleétio n o fOrigina l Pa persrelative to the Hilto ry o fthe Co lo ny o fMa fla c hu - . r m h 1 Wh tm o re l ttsBa e r nted fo t e ed t o n o f 6 . Ed ted b Wil ia m . e y R p i i i 7 9 i y l H i ,

. M . d W l am A eto n A . . 2 o ls. A . M a n S , i li ppl , v

’ II N D u NTON s E TT E R S PR OM E w ENGLA ND JO L N .

D . . h c h a re Le tterswritten fro m N ew Engla nd A . 1 686 By Jo hn Du nto n in w i defc ribe d his o a esb Sea histra e so n a nd a nd the c ha ra cterso fhisfr ends v y g y . v l l , i ' N fi lt u blilh d o m h r ia n a nd a c qu a inta nc es. o w r p e fr t e O igina l Ma nu lc ript in the Bo dle

r r i d b Wil a m . Whitm o re A . M ib a r O fo d. Ed te . L y, x y li H ,

TII E ANDRo sTR ACTS . Be ing a C o lleétio n o fPam phletsa nd Ofi c ial Pa persillu ed du ring the perio d be tween the o verthro w o fthe Andro sGo vernm ent a nd the elta blilhm ent o fthe fec o nd

f . C ha rt er o f Ma lia c hu letts. Reprinted fro m the o rigina l editio nsa nd m a nu c ripts

M. W th a Mem o ir o fSir Edm u nd Andro sb the ed to r W a m . Whitm o re A . i , y i , illi H , 3vo ls.

I IAM ALE NDE ME R I AN NI A I SI R W LL xA R AND A C COLO Z T ON.

' Inc u d n three o a C hartersillu ed in 1 62 1 1 62 1 628 a ra c t ent t ed a n l i g R y l , , 5, ; T i l Enc o u ra em ent to C o lo n esb Sir Wi a m A e a nder 1 62 a Pa tent fro m the g i , y lli l x , 4 ; , Grea t C o u nc fo r New En and o f o n I lla nd a nd a a rt o fthe relent Sta te o f il gl , L g , p p Ma ine ; a Ro ll o fthe KnightsBa ro netso fNew Sc o tla nd ; with a Mem o ir o fSir

Wi l a m A e a nder b the ed to r the Rev . Edm u nd . Slafter A . M . l i l x , y i , F ,

JOII N WHE ELWR IGHT .

I nc u d n his a ll-da Serm o n 1 6 hisMerc u r u sAm er c a nu s1 6 a nd o ther l i g F y , 37 ; i i , 45, ' ritin s th a a er o n the enu inenelso fthe Ind an deed o f1 62 a nd a Mem o r w g wi p p g i 9, i

h t r h . B M . b t e ed o C a r es e A. y i , l H ll,

V OY AGE S OF T HE N OR TR ME N TO AMER ICA . I nc l u ding extra ctsfro m I c ela ndic Saga srela ting to we ltern vo ya gesby No rth m en in the te nth a nd e e enth c entu r esin a n En lilh tra nlla tio n b o rth u d o l v i , g y N L l w ' Be a m ilh with a Syno pfiso f the hilto ric a l evidenc e a nd the Op inio n o f Pro fe flo r

a fn a sto the la c esvili ted b the Sc a nd na a nso n the w a it o fAm er c a . Ed ted R p y i vi i i ,

l . M. I ntro u ctio n b the Rev . Edm u nd S after A with an d , y F. , VO LUMES IN PREPARATIO N .

’ 1 . C HAMPLAI N S V o vAOES To NEW RA NCE inc u din the V o a e o f 1 60 a nd F , l g y g 3, n n r fl nto En lith b C HARLE a ll c o ta i ed in the editio nso f1 61 3a nd 1 61 9. T a n a ted i g y S

ill l tio n b the Rev . h . . s P . OTIS P D Ed ted th a Mem o ir a nd hilto ric a l u tra , i , wi , y

EDMUND . LAPT E A . . F S R, M

sTra ét o n 2 . C APTAI N OHN MASO N the fo u nder o fNew H a m lhire nc lu d n hi J , p , i i g e fo u nd a nd 1 620 a nd the levera l A m er c a n Cha rtersin hic h he wasa Gra ntee N w l , , i w ;

r i . M h M d hilt r l ll W. A wit a em o i a n o c a i u ltra tio nsby C HARLES .

. S I R ERDI NANDO GO RGES nc u din his ra ct ent t ed A Br ef arra t o n 1 6 8 3 F , i l g T i l i N i , 5 , Am eric a n C ha rters ra nted to him a n o th r a e rs ith hilto ric a l illu ltra tio nsa nd g . d e p p w

Mem o r b th . a D ND M. e Rev E MU . SLAFT ER A . i y F ,

'

. S I R UMPHREY GILB ERT nc u d n hisDifc o u rle to ro e a Pa lia e b the 4 H , i l i g p v g y r - W lt h i n hi r ifc o v r a nd No th e to C a t a a a d the Ea lt I ndies; a nd sLette sPa tent to d e o lle ls a ndsin o rth Am eric a ra nted b u een E a be th u ne 1 1 1 8 th p l N , g y Q liz , J , 57 ; wi hilto ric a l illu ltra tio nsa nd a Mem o r b C HARLES W . UT TLE A . M. i y T ,

' I t isthe ntent o n o fthe C o u nc to iflu e a t lea lt o ne o u m e annu a b u t no t i i il v l lly, r h nec elIa rily in the o der in whic h t ey a re pla c ed a bo ve .

— N OTE C o m m u nic a tio nsfo r o fi c erso fthe Princ e So c iety m a y be directed to 1 8 SOMERSET STREET, BOSTON .

BOSTON 20 eb ru ar 1 8 . , F y, 77

D E X .

Arc tic , 25 . Arna r hvo l, 81 .

ACHY 8 . Arna lo n o n , 5 , J ., 1 38.

Adalb ra nd . A m b é m 8 8 8 , 97 j . 79. 4. 5. 9 Ada m o fBr m Arnla u 26 e en 1 1 8 1 28 1 2 . , , , 9, 131 g. Afric a 0 2 Arnla u sl o 2 , 7 , 7 . g j rd, 6. A ba n a 8 6 Afb ra nd 8 l i . 7 . 9 . . 79. 3 A n a 1 6. Alb ra ndfo n B orn 80 lb y, 3 , j , 79, , Alf 8 . 8 6 1 2 . , 7 4, 9 , 2 Al tafo rd 2 26 6 An i p j , 4, , 4 . c k, 46. Am ela nus 6 . Atla ntic 1 . , 7 , 9 Am r e c a 1 0 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 8 2 1 Atli 6 8. i , 9, , , 3, , 7 , , , , 7 , 7 6 2 1 10 1 2 1 2 1 2 Au flffird 6 1 0 1 0 4 . 7 . . 5 . 7. 9. i . 4. 4. 9 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 6 Ava llda m o n 1 0 3 , 3 , 34, 35, 3 . , 9. '

Anderlo n R . B . l i , , 1 37, Ava lda n a , 61 . Anla f , 76.

Ant u a ria n M m q uleu 1 . i , 5 Antiqu ar es o rthern So c iet o f i , N , y , 9, 1 1 1 34. 3 . 35 . Antiqu ita tes Am eri c ana 1 2 1 0 Baham a 106 3 " , 7, 3 , . 5

1 1 . Bak e 3 33, 34 , 5, 89 Ant u i qties, o rthern Illu ltra tio nso f Baltic i N , , , 77

. B 43 arna rd Rev . R. M. , , 1 36. Ant u ties q o rthern 1 . Ba rnfia le u i i , N , 35 p . s Arc haeo lo gy, o rthern Guide to 1 Ba rro w o hn 1 N , , 4, , J , 39 1 7 1 . Ba , 35 varia . 7 ! 20 1 54

s r 1 B a lie D . . y , , 33 B ea m ifh o rth udlo w 1 6 2 2 , N L , , 3, 4, Ca bo t o hn 1 2 26 2 2 1 2 . , J , . s. . 7. 9. 3 . 3 . 34. 37. 39 9

Ca lenda r u li n 1 1 34 , J a , 40.

B d 2 . a m r nl e e, 7 , 73 C b e is, 76.

B edo u n Ara s1 1 . Ca nu te 1 1 8 . i b , 5 ,

Ber en 1 . Ca e Co d 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 . g , 7 p , 4, , 9, 37

B a ru o r B a rni 26 2 28 2 0 1 Ca e Sa le 1 1 . i j , , 7, , 9, 3 , 3 , p b , 4 8 2 1 9 9 Ca rl le Tho m 1 49. 54. 5 . 6 . 98 . 99. . y , a s, 37 .

B l o ra h c a l 1 2 . Ca ro l na 6 1 2 1 . ib i g p i , 7 i , 9 , 97,

BiOrn ra n o n 1 2 Ca fliterides . Al b df , 3, 1 24. , 74

B a nne 0 1 0 . Cealla c ha n Cailil . j y, 49, 5 , 5 , 77

B a rm ela nd 0 1 . Celt c . j , 7 , 7 i , 74 l s B arni Grim o lfso n 61 1 0 . Ce t 8 . j , , 9 , 5

Cha r sX . 1 B orn 6 8 86 8 88 8 e . j , 91 5 1 7 71 7 90 l , 5

1 2 6 Cha tha m 1 1 . 9 . 9 . 9 , 5

Cha u c e r 8 . B Orn B . 6 . j , p , 3 , 9 f B B rn H a ldo rfn Che a eake a 1 2 1 . jo o , 68. p y, 97, Ch c a 1 Bla la nd . o . , 59 i g , 37 ri t 2 Bla frkr 2 . Ch t . e , 5 , 5 , 73 hriltia na niv f Bli Tho rd 86. C U erfit o 1 6. g, , , y , 3

B u e H s1 16. Chriltia nit 1 1 1 6 2 26 0 l ill , y, 3, 4, , 5, , 39, 4 , Bo r a fo rd 2 6 g j , 5, 94. 44. 7

Chriltia n I V . B o r . 1 . k , 79 , 5 , 49

B o ru . hriltia n V 6 , 77 C . , 1 .

B ra a va lle . hriltia ns . , 73 C , 73, 74, 75

B ra nd 2 . Chriftm as1 , 4 , 04.

Bra nd B . 6 6 . C m r c , p , 3, 9 i b i , 77 .

B ra nde 1 1 8 1 20. l n r , , C o ta fi, 77.

Bra tta hlid 2 2 1 ll - . 5 . 7 . . 6. 4 4 4s Co eétio n, Arna Ma ne an 1 3 3 3. 4 . . g , 7, 44, 8 8 1 0 6 47 . 4 . 9 . 4 4 . 75. 76

B reida l o rd 2 2 8 1 1 0 . Co u m u s1 61 1 1 1 j , 4, 5, , 94, 4 l b , 9, , 7 , 34, 37 .

Breida fi k 8 ° o n i 793 40 95: 97 C , 76. i Bre da vikin a ka a B tirn 1 22. Co na nnic u t g pp , j , 79. , 1 20.

'

Breidvikin a 8 . Co nnect c u t 1 2 1 . g , 3 i ,

Bre m en 68 1 1 0 . Co enha en 1 1 1 2 , , p , , 5 , , 61 7 , 1 g 59 , 33, Br ta n 1 i i . 35 . 73. 74» 35 . B u c a na n R o ert 1 8 Co lm o s1 , b , 3 . , 35 . B u risla us8 , 4. Cra nt Da v d 1 6. z, i , 3 ’ B u a rd sBa 1 6 1 . Cu a 1 1 . zz y, b , 5

B rdu l r B arni 6. vi r y i , j , 4 Cu e , 54.

' F rithio f Gronla nd Hilto riflt Mind lm r . e k , 49 , e z er,

F rOda 8 1 82 8 8 86 8 2 . o 797 7 : 37 57 1 73 942 4 Gru nda rk l 2 t 2 ‘ etil 6 . 95 ’ 3’ 4 , 3

ro d Ari 8 1 22 . Gudla u 2. F e , , 74, 7 , g, 9 Gu if F ru Ha llb era 6 . dl e 8 2 6 , 3 . 7 . 9 . 93. 94. 95. 9

F ru I n i erd 6 . Gu dleifGudla u lo n 2 6 1 22 1 2 g g , 3 g , 9 , 9 , , 3,

ra n ir 2 1 0 1 06 1 1 . 1 2 Furdult d , 7 , 5, , 4 4

urd ltra nds 1 . Gu drid 6 1 2 F u , 5 , 53 . 3 . 4 . 4 . 58.

F rilvall 8 1 2 . 6 6 6 1 0 1 0 1 0 y , 4, 3 3. 4. 9. 3. 4. 7

rilvo ld 6. Gu dru n 6 . Fy , 9 , 3

u lf- tr a m 1 1 1 1 6 G S e , 5, . u lfo fMe i o 1 1 G x c , 5 . unna r 0 G , 9 .

Ga m lalo n Th rhall 8. o u nnb arna lker 2 . , , 47, 4 G j , 5

Garda r 2 0 2 . u nn o r 2 , 4, 7 , 7 G bj n, 5 .

Ga rde 2 6 . Gu nnla u . , 7, 4 g, 79

Ga rdner o b 1 . Gurnet Po nt I I 6. , J , 33 i ,

G a u 8 . G rd 2. l , 5 y , 9

G e r Go d 0. i i , 9

C e ar Tho rd 6. ll , , 4

G eo r ia 6 1 2 1 . g , 9 , 97, Germ a n 1 1 0 1 1 10 1 1 2 H a l erdin 2 ar . , 3 , 35 , , , , g g , 7

1 . H afrim 26 35 g , .

G nnu n a a 2 . H afri m sfo rd 26. i g g p, 7 g j ,

G llu t 0. f fl H a ra e l . i , 44, 9 , 75

Gla u m b z 6 1 1 0. H a 0 1 0 . , 9, ki , 5 , 5

Gla u m b m la nd 6 . Ha u t t 1 So c e . , 9 kl y i y, 35

G o o d n 1 . Ha o n 1 wi , 33 k , 37 . ' o rm lo n H a ra l a frida G d H 1 1 0 . , , l ,

tt nd 0 H a a . Go a . 6 l , 7 ll , 3 lfrid G rea t I rela nd 6 1 2 1 . Ha l 6 . , 1 , , 3, 69

Gree s 2 H a llltein . k , 3 . , 79

G re e nla nd 1 1 8 2 2 2 2 8 H a nno vera 1 28 . , 3, , 3, 5, 6, 7, 2 , , 2 0 0 6 H a ro d K n 8 9. 3 . 33. 3s. 39. 4 . 45. 4 . l , i g, 75, 4. H a rr s a m u 2 8 0 6 9 1 S el 1 . 47. 4 . 5 . 4. 7 . 7 . i , , 3

2 8 1 0 1 m 1 0 1 0 H a u a b re t 8 . 7 . 7 . 99. . 3. 5. 9. g , 5

1 1 0 1 1 1 20 1 2 1 1 H a u ka da l 2 . , 3, , 4, 34, 36 . , 4 r e n H a u a m a n Dr. 6 G e o o d 1 . . w , , 33 k L g , 3 m H u l Ok r h k b . G d 1 2 . a i il , 4 , 4 , 75 G rim o lfso n B a rni 1 0 H e a d Sir Ed m u nd 1 8 , j , 47, 49, 4. , , 3 . ri la s 1 2 H r d 2 80 8 . G . e e 1 p , 7 , 7 b i , 7, , 1 5 7

2 62 6 la nd 26 . . . 4. . 3. Hege , 43. 44. 49 5 5 6 80 im lkrin la 1 1 1 2 . 0 79. . H e g , 5, 7, 44, 45, 9 7 . 75 . 7 . 2 6 8 10 I I O B ek a 0 1 0 . BI 8 0 1 7 7 , j , 5 , 5 , 43 9 1 947 95 9 9 9 1 1 20 1 22 1 2 1 2 1 2 H e a fell 8 80 8 1 2 . 1 1 1 16, 3, 4, 5, lg , 7 , , , 9 , 95 , , ,

1 1 1 8 . H el a lo n . 1 , g , 97 3 , 34 3

I c e a nders 1 6 1 8 80 1 H e e 6. : 97 31 433 47 74 7 3 3 93 lg , 7 l 1 2 i 1 el i 6 6 1 0 . . a H g , 4, 5, 9 3 35 37

Illu 8 . ul n 1 0 0 2 1 00 1 0 1 1 . i H ell a d, 3 , 5 , 7 , 7 , , 5, 3 g , 7

I nd a n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 22 . H elli n ela nd 0. , , 7 , , g , 7 i 59, 4 9

I d n o rn 1 1 8. H enderfo n Ebe nez er 1 . n a c , , , 39 i ' I n o f 2 26 Ker il e ra ls 6 . , 3, . g N p , 7 g l ld I n v . r u lf 26 2 0 8. e 6 H e j , , 7, 3 , 9 g , 9 6 f r 26 I re a nd 62 0 1 6 2 6 ‘0 er ulfso d . 7 1 7 7 1 H j j , l , 1 7 7 9 95 9 r ulfsnefs o r Heriulfsnes26 2 H e j , , , 7,

I re a nd Grea t, 2 6 77 , 6, 7. 2 8 . , 7 , 7 , 9 9, 9 l 9 Irifh 6 6 1 2 r u lfso n Bard 26. . 45 . 4 . . 7 . 73. 74. H e j , , 8 80 6 1 0 1 22 1 2 i ho rd 6. 7 7 41 7 33 H eltho fd , T , 4 7 3 93 9 1 1 l 2 . Hita rda , 4 34

I rvin 6 1 . H tc hc o c 1 1 1 1 . g, i k. 4, 7 H elte I var, 76. j ,

Hl rnreksfari 6. y , 7

H O na . g , 75

H o da . l , 45 H m 2 o . l , 5 ier 2 , f

H o m eln 1 ° i 7 iu nda ii u . H Olu m 6 , 7 i fn . Ja m e o , 43

H o ne dew 1 1 8. y , 6 d B a rni , Jam fi , j , 4 H o 1 06 1 1 6 ” p , , . 7 nfo n nn rim I Jo h . A g , 5 .

” 8 ° H o pe . 59: nfn B o rn 2 6 1 . Jo h o , j , 5 , 4 , 7

H o rnltra d, 23. o m fbo r 8 6 1 22 . n J g , 4, 9 , H ra fnl m a 2 ' g p , 5 m lvi in 6 Jo k gs, 84, 9

H ra u nho fn 1 2 . , 3 o ru nd 6 8 J , 3, 7 .

. o n Hu m o dt, A e V , I 35. b l l x uvenal , J , 73 id rk 1 H v le , 7 .

i m a nn d 6 1 2 1 1 22. H v tra a la n , 9 , ,

H m a 6. y , 4

Ka m 80 8 88 8 . b , 79, , 7 , , 9 lffn h rfinn 1 1 8 2 Ka r e e , T o , 7 , , 3, 45 ,

I c e a nd a nd I c ela ndic 1 1 6 8 6 l . 3. 5. 4 . 47 . 4 . 49. 53. 54. 55 . 5 . 57 . 8 8 1 . 35 . 5 . 1 5 8 Index .

ndo n 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 6. 1 06 1 0 Lo , , 3 , 34, , 1 04, , 7 , 9 35 3

Lo wer Ca nada , 1 1 . 1 1 7 , 1 37 . 3

ull Edwa rd P . 1 1 6. Ka t a 6 8 . L , , l , 7 , 7 f L le o rd 0 1 0 . Keelne fs, 38 . y j , 4 , 3

Keldu m , 63.

Kenda 1 . ll , 33

Ketil 26, 79.

'

Ma nu lien P f rna s 2. ro . A 1 6 1 1 1 6. Keylet M L, 3 g , , , 7, 3 '

a la rn fs o r Kia larnes 8 0 , Ma nu lio n Eirikur 1 8 . Kj e , , 3 , 5 , 54 g , , 3

1 8 1 1 1 16. Ma a nleh inn 2 0 2 61 68. 1 02 1 0 , 1 06, 0 , 4, g , F , 4, 33, 4 , 5 , , 59, , 5

Ma o r R . H 1 K arta n 8 86 1 24. j . . , 35 . j , 3, , 94, 95 ,

Mall t 8 . a rva l 6. e Kj , 4 , 9

a Tho rb iir 2 Ma llet Pa ul Henri 1 . Kna rra rbring , j g t 4 , , 35

M n 80 . Knee and Dr. Sa m uel 1 . a , l , , 39

2 Mar 6 8 0 1 . Ko dra n, 6 . , 7 , 7 , 9 , 9 Mar la nd 1 0 61 0 8 100 10 Kra e Ulf 2 . k , 3 , 5 , , 7 , 7 , , 5, g , , 5

' ' 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 . Kro lia ne ls, 39, 3. 9, 3, 4

Kvendla nds, 70 .

Marl ill s . e e , 73 Ma rio n A ri 6 8 . . 75. 7 . 77. 7 . ’ M V i ne a rd 1 16. artha s y ,

Ma r Ho V ir in 1 . y, ly g , 7 a rado r 1 1 L . 3 Ma r a nd 1 2 1 . b yl , ' a ' th n 2 M L i 4 a fla c hufetts 2. g i g , 5 h n S a m uel 1 1 2 M a ther Dr. Co tto n 1 i g . 5 . 9 , , 33.

- a k 6 . La ndnam bd Ma z r r . , 3, 7 5 , 77 e t e e , 1 1 0, 1 1 8

La nber M . 1 28. ppe g, ,

a t n 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 0. Mela bdk . L i , , 5 , 7 , 3 , 7 5

La xdae la Sa a 2. Metc a fe 1 g , 3 l , F 39. if 0 1 6 c Mid iiku l 2 Le . 3 . 3 . 3 . 37 . 4 . j . 5 6 6 6 0 M lesPHD 1 43: 447 45 7 47 7 47 5 7 7 7 7 7 77 7 i 7 Y7 39

8 1 00 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 . Mo no m o 1 1 . 7 , 99, , , 4, 5 , 4 y, 5

ifsb o o ths 1 02 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 . M nt B a u 1 1 . Le , , 3, , 7 , o p , 7

in r r 2 . Le lte , 77 . Mo o e, 6 , 7 7

a n W m . i 1 1 . Mo rr s a 1 8 L by , 5 i , illi , 3 ’ Mo u n o e B Lida rend 0. t H s a 1 1 6 1 1 1 2 , 9 p y, , 7, 0.

6 1 22 . l B . im e r c Mul er . L i k, 7 , 77 , , p , 79

n s 2 . n r 6 n aeu Mu lte . L , 5 , 54 , 7 , 7 7 i .

o db ro k R a na r 6. Mu fe um Briti L lh 1 . , g , 4 . , 35

'

LOdverlio n S u rd 80. , ig ,

Index .

o tla n 0 . Sc d, 7 , 73

c o 1 8 1 . S ts, 5 , 5, 05 Ra fn CharlesChriltian 10 1 1 1 2 22 ir Wa l r Sc o tt S te 8 . , , , , , , , , 43, 9

2 26 1 2 c o ttilh 1 . 4. . 3 . 3 . 34. 54. S , 45, 04

6 8 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 Sc th a n 1 2 . 9. 97. 9 . . 5. 3 . y i , 3

1 . ea c nne 1 1 . 33 S o t, 7, 1 20

Ra fn the du ellilt 2 . So a n s1 6. , , 4 ki g , 3

2 . Ra fn m er c m erc ha nt 6 1 2 Setlto kka 2 . , Li i k , 7 , 77, , 4

sfo rd 26. Rafn ewa ll t h n 1 . j , S , S ep e , 33

Ra hlin . ha w s1 2 S a nele I nd a n 1 . g , 77 i , '

nh fna rlo s8 . Ra u a Shetla nd Ifla nds1 . , 4 , 39

fn 8 8 2. Ra u nho i lefo rd 26. , 5, 9, 9 S g j ,

R ec hrin . S u rd 8 1 8 6 , 77 ig . 77. . 3. 9

R e k a nels2 8 1 22 . S va ld 2 . y j , 7, 7 5, 7 , ig , 9

Re nilnels6 . S nd n Pa u l C . 1 6 . y , 3 i i g, , 3

Rev ew o rth Am eric a n 1 1 . Sita rac u s 6 . i , N , 3 , 7

h d I i a nd 2 . i ri 2 R o e S t c 6 6 . l , 5 , , 7 , 77

Rho de Ii a nd H ilto ric a l So c iet 1 0 Ska a fo rd 68 1 1 0. l y, , g j , ,

lho lt 1 . Ska , 7

Rim b e la . Ska rdlo 6. g , 59 , 4

R ii a ho rh ld 6. Skraelin 6 8 6 1 j p , T i , 4 ga 39. 5 . 57. 5 . .

R o lf Du e . 1 02 1 0 1 0 1 08 1 0 . , k , 77 , 3, 7, , 9

o m a ns 2 . Skrze lin lla nd 2 . R , 3 g , 7

1 . lafter Edm u nd 22 1 1 6. Ro m e , 1 0 S , F , 43,

R u m a n 1 . S m th o lhu a o lm a n 1 . g , 5 i , J T , 33

s . Ru n c Ru nes1 1 1 1 2 1 . S nm fell i , , 4, 3 , 3 , 33 , 79

R u no lf6 . Snze lell o k u l 2 . , 9 fi , 5

R ho rva ld 6. Sneela nd 2 . yg, T , 4 , 4

io flln 1 2 . S n e es, 3 no rri o r S no rre 6 8 6 8 S , 4 , 4 , 54, 55, 5 , 5 , 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 79. 4. 7. 9. 3 no rri Go d 8 1 8 8 8 1 S . 79. . 3. 7. 9. 9 . 2 6 1 2 Sa a m en 1 . 4 . g , 4 9 . 9 . 9 3

S no rri Ka rlfefnelo n 60 6 6 . Sa a s1 2 . 3 g , 4, 3 , , , , 9

S no rri S a rd . Sa o . , k , 77 x , 73

Sno rri S tu rlefo n 60 1 2 . Sa o ns . 3 x , 77 , ,

S no w a nd 2 . S a o n 68 1 . 4 x y, , 7 l ,

S c a nd na a n 1 0 1 1 1 6 1 20 2 1 S oelve 26 . i vi , 9, , , , 7, , , ,

2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 Sa alveda l 26 . 5 . 7 . 3 . 3 . 34. ,

o er E u lf 2 . S , y , 4

So linu s . h d . S c e a , 74 , 73 Index .

a nia rds1 22 . Tho rfinn 8 2 1 0 1 2 . Sp , , 7 , 9 , 4, 3

Tho rfinn Li urdlo n 1 22. Sta d , 63. g ,

ho r eir 2 6 6 8. in l 6 . T Ste d f, 7 , 77 g , 4, 3, 9, 7

Tho r eller 2 . Ste num 6 . g , 4 i , 3

Tho r erd 2 8. o lm 1 . , 7 7 Sto c kh , 5 g ,

Tho r e lt 2 . ra u m e 1 1 0 1 16. , 4 St y, 5 , 5, g h r in s2 T o eltl er . m fo rd 8 60 2 1 0 1 1 6. , 4 Stra u j , 5 , , 9 , 5, g g

Tho r ill Ko illo n 8 . Strea m firth, 1 08 . g , 7 ' '

I ho r ils 8 . r n n rro 1 60 1 2 1 2 . , 7 S tu lelo S o , 5, , 3, 9 g

Tho r rim . g , 79

Th r rim a ldra kin . o g G , 87

Tho r rim fn St r 2 2 . g o , y , 4, 5 Tho rha ll . 53. 59. ’ ' Tho rhallllo n Ma nus1 . va n Eltrithlo n 1 1 8 1 28 . , , 7 S y , , g

Tho rh ld 2 . Sv no e 2 . , 4 i , 4 i

Tho rkafo rd . swede11 I 0 1 8 6 l 2 ° j , 75 7 S7 357 7 7 7 7 47 9 7 3 '

Tho rkell Gellerlo n 1 22. ed s . , 77, Sw e , 77

Tho rkelin Grim 6 1 . 1 0 . , , S wedilh, 24, 45, 68, 4

Tho rla c iu sB . 4. n fn B . 1 . , p , 3 Swe d o , p , 7

Tho rla c iu sB r en 61 . , i g ,

Tho rlak, 83.

u no lfn B . 1 Tho rla k R o , p , 63, 69, 1 0.

T u n . Tho ro dd 80 8 1 82 8 86 8 8 1 . a to n, 1 1 7 , , , , 3, , 7, 9, 9

T u nto n Riv r 1 1 1 . Tho ro lfE rar Lo tlo n 2. a e , 7, 37 y p , 9

'

T ner Tho rlnels8 . eg . 49 , 3 '

Tho rlnelthin 2 . Tellem a rk, 73. g, 4

h r ein 2 0 1 2 1 0 . Th n 2 . T o lt 4 4 , 43, 3 i g, 4 , 7, 4 , ,

T dhild 8 Tho rftein Ra n la tr 6 . t , 7 . g , 3

ho ru 6. Tho r 2 2 . T m , 4, 49, 5 , 4

Tho rb idrn 2 0 6 Tho ru nn 6 6 . , 47 4 7 497 37 797 , 3, 9 Tho rb Or 6 Tho rn 2 26 2 8 0 j g, 7 , 78. 37 7 77 377 3 7 4 7

Tho rb o rn lo ra 26. j g , 49. 59. ' T Ko dra nlo n 6. Tho rb ra ndllo n H el e 26. ho rval d , g , , 7

Tho rb ra ndfo n Sno rri 6 1 0 . Tho rva d Kro 6 . , , 4 , 55, 4 l k, 3

df l fc ul to r 60. Tho rb ra nd Sno rra lo n 108. Tho rval o n Be rte , 57, , , p ,

T rd 8 Tho rwald 1 0 1 102 1 0 . ho , 45, 46, 86, 7 . , , , 3

r l I Tho rwa rd Tho dar o n, o n, 1 7 . , Thul Tho rd s6 8 . e 4 i , 3, 7 , 79 . 73. 7 6 8 1 82 8 Tho rer 6 0 6 . Tlm rid 2 8 , 3 , 4 , 45, 3 . 3 . 4 . 49. 3. 79. . . 3.

T o rer V idle 8 1 2 8 . 8 86 8 2 1 2 “ h gg, , 8 , 3 57 7 77 9 7 942 957 3, 4

' - h r n lf xn 2 . Th le T o ello , U O e, 3 y . 73 1 62

ki s1 6. 6 1 2 1 0 1 1 1 6. Vi n To rlazus, 4 , 68, 9, 3 , 3 , 3 g , 3

V indin i“ P° ‘ 0' Tr fi u x 1 0 ' s. 7 3 ygg i 7 5 8 T rker 1 101 . V inland 4 . 37. 44. 45. 47. 4 . y . 3 . 99. . 3 . 35 m m fi fl u fi n n fi m 1 102 10 1 0 106 1 0 1 10 99, 1 0 , , 3, 4, , 9, ,

1 28 1 2 1 1 . 1 1 4, 1 2 1 , , 9, 3

um l 1 16. V ineyard So ,

V 2 . og , 7

Waterford. 765 77

Welt I ndies, 19.

n Weltm e , 75 . ’ Weltm a n sIfla nds, 80. dr firdr . V z afj , 76 - Whale ro c 1 20. l k, V a , 8 1 .

h o n He nr 1 1 . W ea t , y, 3 al erde 6 . V g , 3 ’ - - s a nd 61 6 8 . Wh te Man L , , 7 , 7 V alla nc e COL 1 2 . i y, , 3

l m rm a nd 1 1 . Wi ia o f o y, 3 V a lldidida 6 1 1 0 . l N , , 9

Winla nd 1 28. Vida V nla nd . V a thelldi o r V ethilldi 61 , i ,

inthro a m es1 . a hv W p, J , 33 V tna erf, 26.

Wilc o nli n Univerli t o f 1 . a , y , 37 V tlho rn, 24.

o o d . V ene u ela 1 I W , 74 z , 5 .

Wo rm lkio ld . V r a . , 59 e m el nd, 70

thilldi 1 . V e , 09 i o rl V df a , Eric , 1 7 .

' V ilillo n Tho r orn , bj , 24. ’ V i a Glum sSa a 1 8 . ule 8 10 . g g , 3 Y , 47, 4 , 49, 4